October 11, 2017 | Author: MTs Sirojulathfal | Category: N/A
Download Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1...
Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. © Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/78/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING7A_PG09. Penyusun: Arif Rahman, Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D., M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail:
[email protected] Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail:
[email protected]
Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yang layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internet oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur. Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu buku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pegangan Guru (PG). Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam buku ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris karena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa mempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan (spoken) maupun tertulis (written). Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapa peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment) dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review) tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unit yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan Guru PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya. Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini juga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan membantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas. Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan pengembangan buku latihan ini.
Klaten, April 2009 Penyusun
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
iii
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Komponen
Alokasi Waktu
Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran)
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit)
Jumlah Jam Per Tahun (@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran 1.
Pendidikan Agama
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
2.
Pendidikan Kewarganegaraan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
3.
Bahasa Indonesia
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
4.
Bahasa Inggris
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
5.
Matematika
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
6.
IPA
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
7.
IPS
4
34–38
136–152
5.440–6.080
91–101
8.
Seni Budaya dan Keterampilan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3040
45–51
B. Muatan Lokal
2
34–38
68–76
2.720–3.040
45–51
32
374–418
1.088–1.216
43.520–48.640
725–811
9.
Jumlah
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 1
4.
iv
Mata Pelajaran
Alokasi Waktu
Bahasa Inggris
4
Minggu Efektif Per Semester 17–19
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) 68–76
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) 2.720–3.040
Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 45–51
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas VII, Semester 1 Standar Kompetensi Mendengarkan 1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
Membaca 5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
Kompetensi Dasar 1.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang 1.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan 2.1 Merespon makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 2.2 Merespon makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima 3.2 Melakukan interaksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang 3.3 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan 4.1 Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat 5.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat 6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
v
SILABUS
1– 39 – – – –
UNIT
1
Hi, I’m Silvana – – – – –
UNIT
2
3
UNIT
4
127–164
Expressing Gratitude Apologizing Verb: Have/Has Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . . Days, Months and Years Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards
What do You Do? – – – – – – –
89–126
Asking Someone to Do Something Asking Someone not to Do Something Articles: a, an, the There is/There are Cardinal Numbers Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above How Many Spoken and Written Notices
Thank You – – – – – – –
41– 88
Greeting and Parting Introducing Yourself and Other People To be: is, am, are This, That, These, Those Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards
Don’t . . . ! – – – – – – – –
UNIT
Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana Unit 2 Don’t . . . ! Unit 3 Thank You Unit 4 What do You Do?
165–214
Asking for and Giving Information Saying Something Politely Possessive Adjactives The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines Telling Time Kinds of Professions Spoken Notices and Letters
Latihan Ulangan Semester
215–225
Daftar Pustaka
226
vi
Kegiatan Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
1
1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang.
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan menyapa orang yagn belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain.
To be: is, am, are.
This, that, these, those.
Family members (anggota keluarga)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6. Menirukan guru yang membacakan percakapan-percakapan di buku, kemudian mempraktikkan percakapan tersebut dengan seorang.
Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memeprkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain.
•
•
Indikator
5. Mendengarkan dan menirukan kalimat yang dibacakan guru.
4. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan apersepsi secara lisan.
3. Mempelajari penggunaan This/That dan These/Those dalam kalimat.
2. Membaca dan mempelajari to be: is, am, are, this, that, these, those.
1. Membaca dan mempelajari ungkapan dan percakapan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes lisan
Non tes
Tes lisan
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Then, read the dialogs aloud with a friend.
Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Answer the following questions.
Read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words.
Read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words.
Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.
Contoh Instrumen
4 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 21–24 Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VII/1 Bahasa Inggris 1 – Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna
Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
SILABUS
2
Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
•
•
•
8. Mendengarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan melengkapi percakapan sesuai dengan yang telah dibacakan. 9. Mempraktikkan percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya dengan seorang teman. 10. Menyimak guru membacakan kalimatkalimat yang belum lengkap, lalu menulisnya di buku dan melengkapinya dengan am, is, are. 11. Membacakan teks dan melengakpinya dengan am, is, atau are. 12. Mencari lawan katakata yang tersedia dari teks di kegiatan sebelumnya.
13. Mempelajari kata-kata yang berhubungan dengan keluarga dan mencari arti kata-kata tersebut dalam kamus.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Teknik •
Indikator
7. Membaca kembali percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya, kemudian menjawab pertanyaan mengenai percakapan tersebut.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Uraian
Uraian
Isian
Dikte
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the opposite meanings of the following words. You may find the answers in the texts in Task G. The words in Task H show us about family relationships.
•
Complete the texts with is, am or are. •
•
Listen to your teacher and write down what you have heard. Complete what he/she says with is, am or are.
Practice the dialogs in Task D With your friend.
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard.
Read the dialogs in Task B once again. Then, answer the questions.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
3
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
•
•
15. Melengkapi kalimat berdasarkan pohon keluarga yang tersedia.
16. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang sesuai dengan teks utuh yang dibacakan guru.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
•
Indikator
14. Mencari nama-nama yang berhubungan dengan keluarga dalam kumpulan kata yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
Isian
Isian
Puzzle
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the names of ten family relationship in this puzzle. The words can go across or down. Look at the family tree. Complete the sentences based on the family tree. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
•
•
•
Study other family relationships below. Find their meanings in your dictionary.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
4
Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
2.2 Merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
2.1 Merespons makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: messages (pesan)
Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
8. Menentukan apakah kalimat-kalimat yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan isi pesan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
7. Melengkapi pesan sesuai dengan yang telah didengar. •
•
6. Mendengarkan guru membaca pesan.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
4. Mendengarkan dan menirukan pesan yang dibacakan guru.
3. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi secara lisan.
5. Menjawab pertanyaan guru mengenai pesan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
Non tes
•
Non tes
Non tes
•
•
Memahami makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Teknik
Tes lisan
•
Indikator
•
2. Melihat gambar dan membaca keterangan yang tersedia.
1. Mendengarkan dan menirukan pesan yang dibacakan guru.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pernyataan benar/salah
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A. Listen to your teacher. Then, complete the messages below.
State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task C.
•
•
•
Answer the following questions.
Look at the card and read the sentences.
Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 15–17. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
5
3.2 Melakukan interaksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang.
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima.
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan menyapa orang yang belum/sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih (parts of the body).
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Non tes
•
Tes lsian
Non tes
•
•
7. Membaca teks yang tersedia, kemudian menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks tersebut. 8. Mempelajari namanama bagian tubuh.
Tes tulis
•
6. Membaca teks yang tersedia, kemudian memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks tersebut.
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes lisan
•
•
Non tes
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: menyapa orang yang belum/ sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/orang lain.
Teknik
•
•
Indikator
5. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan gambar, lalu memperagakannya.
4. Memperkenalkan diri dengan berdasarkan kartu-kartu data yang tersedia.
3. Membaca percakapan dengan pelafalan dan intonasi yang tepat.
2. Melafalkan kata-kata yang tersedia.
1. Melihat gambar dan membaca abjad yang tersedia dengan nyaring.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Uraian
•
Unjuk kerja
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Daftar kata
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Mengeja kata
•
•
Daftar kata
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Look at the pictures. Repeat after your teacher.
Read the text below. Then, answer the questions.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Make dialogs based on the pictures.
Introduce yourself based on one of the cards.
Read the dialogs aloud. Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
Spell the words below aloud.
Read the alphabets below. Look at the pictures. Say the words with proper pronunciation.
Contoh Instrumen 5 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 8–14. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
6
Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes lisan
•
•
•
•
•
10. Melakukan kegiatan yang berkaitan dengan nama-nama bagian tubuh. 11. Membuat kalimat dengan this/these, that/ those mengenai bagian-bagian tubuh secara bergantian dengan seorang teman. 12. Memberi nama gambar-gambar yang tersedia dengan menggunakan katakata dalam kotak. 13. Membuat kalimat menggunakan this/ that, these/those.
14. Memperkenalkan diri sesuai dengan gambar yang tersedia.
15. Melihat gambar dan membaca teks yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Indikator
9. Menyusun huruf-huruf yang tersedia menjadi kata-kata yang tepat.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
Uraian
Unjuk kerja
Uraian
Isian
Unjuk kerja
•
•
Menyusun huruf
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Look at the picture. Read the text aloud.
Suppose you are one of these people. Introduce yourself.
Make five sentences using ‘This/That’ or ‘These/Those’.
Label the pictures using the words in the box.
Do the instructions in pairs.
Rearrange the letters below into proper words. The words are parts of our body.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
7
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
•
17. Membaca kata-kata yang tersedia dan mencari arti kata-kata tersebut dalam kamus. 18. Membuat kalimat secara lisan mengenai gambar menggunakan kata-kata yang tersedia. 19. Mendeskripsikan orang dalam gambar.
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes lisan
Teknik •
Indikator
16. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks di kegiatan sebelumnya.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Uraian
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Read the words below aloud. Find their meanings in your dictionary. Tell something about each person below. You may use the words in the box. Look at the picture. Describe the person.
•
•
Answer the questions based on the text in Task N.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
8
Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
4.1 Meng• ungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: spoken messages (pesan isian).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Membaca nyaring pesan yang tersedia.
4. Menulis pesan untuk seorang teman, kemudian membacanya dengan nyaring.
3. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia, kemudian membuat kalimat dengan katakata tersebut.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pesan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk pesan dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
•
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
•
•
Tes lisan
•
Teknik
•
•
•
•
Uraian
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Membaca nyaring
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the meanings of the words below. Then, make sentences using the words. Write a message for a friend at school.Then, read your message aloud.
•
Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.
Read the messages aloud.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 17. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
9
5.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
• 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang • berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Tes lisan
•
5. Membaca nyaring kartu dan menentukan penerimanya.
6. Menjodohkan katakata dalam kolom A dengan artinya dalam kolom B.
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek dengan benar.
•
Tes lisan
•
4. Melengkapi kalimat dengan kata-kata yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.
3. Mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia dalam kamus.
Kosakata yang terkait tema.
Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.
•
Teknik
Tes tulis
Membaca nyaring kartu ulang tahun dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar. 2. Menjelaskan isi kartu secara singkat.
Indikator
•
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk birthday cards (kartu ulang tahun).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Menjodohkan
Membaca nyaring Jawaban singkat
Isian
Uraian
Uraian
Membaca nyaring
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Read the card below. Is it for a girl, a boy or twins? How do you know? Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.
•
Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.
Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.
Read the card aloud. What is it about?
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 18–19. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
10
Silabus Unit 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks tulis fungsional pendek: birthday cards (kartu ulang tahun).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
2. Menulis kartu ulang tahun dan memberikannya kepadaseorang teman/ keluarga yang berulangtahun.
1. Melengkapi kartu ulang tahun dengan kata-kata yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti kartu ulang tahun dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Teknik
•
•
Uraian
Isian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
Write a birthday card. Then, give it to someone you love on his/her birthday.
Complete the birthday card with the words in the box.
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 19. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
11
1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/ sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/ orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang.
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memerintah atau melarang.
Articles: a, an, the.
Introductory ’there’.
Cardinal numbers.
Prepositions.
How many.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
•
•
Non tes
Teknik •
6. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang prepositions.
Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: memerintah atau melarang.
•
•
Indikator
5. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang cardinal numbers.
4. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang introductory ”there” (There is/There are).
3. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang articles (a, an, the).
2. Membaca dan mempelajari ungkapan melarang dan percakapan yang tersedia.
1. Membaca dan mempelajari ungkapan memerintah dan percakapan yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read the text and understand the explanation.
Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed word.
Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.
Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.
Read the dialog and understand the expressions.
Read the dialog and understand the expressions.
Contoh Instrumen
4 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 24–31. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VII/1 Bahasa Inggris 2 – Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna
Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
SILABUS
12
Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Non tes
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8. Menjawab pertanyaan tentang materi ungkapan dalam unit sebelumnya. 9. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
10. Mencari makna katakata yang tersedia.
11. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 12. Melengkapi kalimat berdasarkan kalimat yang dibacakan guru.
13. Menjelaskan arti kalimat-kalimat pada kegiatan sebelumnya dalam Bahasa Indonesia. 14. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan memilih jawaban yang tepat.
Teknik •
Indikator
7. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang kata tanya how many.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Uraian
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Daftar kata
Isian
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
•
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs while you are listening to him/her.
Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions below.
Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the sentences below based on what you have heard. Find the meanings of the sentences in Task D in Indonesian.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
•
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. •
•
• Find the meanings of the words or phrases below.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
13
2.2 Merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
2.1 Merespons makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: notices.
Kosakata yang terkait tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Non tes
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
6. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang dibacakan guru.
Memahami dan merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
•
•
Indikator
5. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan kalimat-kalimat pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
4. Menyimak guru, lalu menulis kalimat yang dibacakan guru.
3. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi.
2. Membaca dan mempelajari teks tulis fungsional pendek: written notices.
1. Menyimak penjelasan guru tentang teks lisan fungsional pendek: spoken notices.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Pernyataan benar/ salah
Dikte
Jawaban singkat
•
•
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
•
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to the sentences in Task A once again. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences.
Answer the questions below.
•
•
Read the following text and understand the explanation.
Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 35–37. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
14
Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
3.2 Melakukan interaksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: menyapa orang yang belum/ sudah dikenal, memperkenalkan diri sendiri/ orang lain, dan memerintah atau melarang.
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memerintah dan melarang.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
•
•
7. Menjodohkan kalimat perintah dengan gambar yang tepat.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Tes tulis
•
6. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang urut pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
•
Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: mengungkapkan dan menanggapi ungkapan memerintah dan melarang.
•
Indikator
5. Menyusun kalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang tepat.
4. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
3. Melengkapi kalimat dengan kata-kata pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
2. Mencari makna katakata yang tersedia.
1. Melengkapi percakapan menggunakan katakata yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Menjodohkan
Jawaban singkat
Menyusun kalimat acak
Pernyataan benar/ salah
Isian
Daftar kata
Isian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the boxes. Find the meanings of the words below. Complete the sentences with the words in Task B. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in Task A. Correct the false ones. Rearrange the sentences below into proper dialogs. Answer the questions based on the proper dialogs in Task E.
Read the instructions below. Match them with the correct pictures.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 4 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 31–34. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
15
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
•
9. Melengkapi kalimat menggunakan articles yang tepat. 10. Membuat kalimat berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia menggunakan prepositions yang tepat.
11. Secara bergantian memberi instruksi dan respons kepada teman berdasarkan kalimat yang tersedia.
12. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.
Teknik •
Indikator
8. Melakukan tanya jawab seperti contoh yang tersedia dengan menggunakan ”how many”.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Uraian
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
•
•
•
•
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Ask your friend sitting next to you to do the actions and give responses. Do it in turns. In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice the dialogs with your friend.
•
Make sentences based on the pictures. Use proper prepositions. Number one has been done for you.
Complete the sentences with ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’.
Ask and answer questions about the things below with your friends. Use “How many” and “There is/ There are”. See the example.
•
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
16
Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Teks lisan fungsional pendek: notices.
4.1 Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Kompetensi Dasar
Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan notices yang tersedia.
2. Membuat notices berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek lisan: notices dengan lancar dan berterima.
Indikator
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes lisan
Teknik
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban singkat
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
Make notices based on the situations below. Read your notices aloud.
Read the following notices. Answer the questions orally.
Contoh Instrumen 1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 37–38. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
17
5.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks tulis fungsional pendek notices.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Menyusun kata-kata acak menjadi notices yang tepat.
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
5. Menjawab soal pilihan ganda.
Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek notices dengan benar.
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
•
Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana esai pendek dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar.
•
Indikator
4. Menjodohkan notice dengan gambar yang tepat.
3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan notices pada kegiatan sebelumnya.
2. Mencari makna katakata yang tersedia.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Menjodohkan
Jawaban singkat
Daftar kata
Menyusun kata acak
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Match each notice below with the correct picture.
What does each notice in Task A mean?
Find the meanings of the words below. Look up your dictionary if needed.
Rearrange the words below into proper notices.
Contoh Instrumen
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 38–39. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
18
Silabus Unit 2 Don’t . . . !
6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dangan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks tulis fungsional pendek: notices.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
1.
Menulis notices di sekitar sekolah dan mengartikannya. 2. Menulis notices berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti notices dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
•
Teknik
•
•
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Find some notices in your school. Write them in your workbook and find their meanings. Make notices based on the situations below.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 40. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
19
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: mengucapkan terima kasih dan meminta maaf.
Verbs: Have/Has.
Object pronouns.
Ordinal numbers sebagai subjek dan objek.
Days, months, years.
•
•
•
•
•
1.2 Merespons makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan. •
•
•
•
5. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang ordinal numbers.
Merespons dengan benar ungkapan mengucapkan terima kasih dan meminta maaf.
•
•
Indikator
4. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang object pronouns.
3. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang verb: have/has.
2. Membaca percakapan, lalu memahami penjelasan tentang ungkapan meminta maaf.
1. Membaca percakapan, lalu memahami penjelasan tentang ungkapan berterima kasih.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Study the explanation and read the sentences. Look at the picture and read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words.
•
•
Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words.
Read the dialogs and study the explanation.
•
•
Read the dialogs and study the explanation.
•
Contoh Instrumen
5 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 44–51. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VII/1 Bahasa Inggris 3 – Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.
Kompetensi Dasar
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna
Unit 3 Thank You
SILABUS
20
Silabus Unit 3 Thank You
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Tes lisan
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
•
•
•
•
7. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi.
8. Membaca dan bermain peran berdasarkan percakapan yang diberikan. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
10. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 11. Menyimak kalimat yang dibacakan guru, lalu meresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang sesuai. 12. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan memilih jawaban yang tepat.
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik •
Indikator
6. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang days, months, dan years.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Read and practice the dialogs.
Look at the picture and answer the questions.
Let’s study days, months and years. Read the words below with proper pronunciation.
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Listen to your teacher and give suitable responses.
Complete the dialogs below while listening to your teacher.
• Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer his/her questions orally.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
21
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
17. Membaca kalimatkalimat yang disediakan dan menentukan benar/ salah, serta menggarisbawahi kata yang dimaksud.
Tes tulis
•
15. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang disediakan. 16. Membuat kalimat menggunakan katakata tersebut.
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Indikator
13. Mendengarkan kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di buku. 14. Membaca kalimatkalimat itu dengan nyaring.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
Identifikasi
Uraian
Daftar kata
Dikte
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the meanings of the following words. Then, make sentences using the words. Does each sentence have the correct pronoun? Correct the incorrect one(s). Underline the pronouns.
•
Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences. Read your work aloud.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
22
Silabus Unit 3 Thank You
2.2 Merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
2.1 Merespons makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks fungsional pendek: spoken messages and gratitude cards.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes lisan
•
•
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
•
•
Non tes
Teknik •
6. Menjawab pertanyaan yang diajukan guru secara lisan berdasarkan teks lisan berbentuk pesan singkat.
Memahami dan merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
•
•
Indikator
5. Menyimak pesan lisan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulis kalimat yang dibacakan guru.
4. Menyimak pesan lisan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang ada.
3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks lisan berbentuk pesan singkat.
2. Membaca dan mempelajari teks tulis fungsional pendek: gratitude cards.
1. Menyimak penjelasan guru tentang teks lisan fungsional pendek spoken messages.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Dikte
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the message in Task B. Answer the questions orally.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the message.
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions below.
Read the text and answer the questions.
Read and understand the text.
Listen to your teacher. Study the explanation.
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 57–58. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
23
3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf.
Kosakata yang terkait tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
7. Melakukan tanya jawab seperti contoh yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
•
Tes lisan
Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.
•
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Teknik
•
Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: mengungkapkan dan menanggapi ungkapan berterima kasih dan meminta maaf.
•
Indikator
6. Mengamati gambar dan membaca katakata di bawahnya.
5. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakannya.
4. Menyusun kalimatkalimat yang disusun acak menjadi percakapan yang padu.
3. Melengkapi percakapan menggunakan katakata yang tersedia.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
1. Melakukan percakapan bersama teman secara bergantian.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Unjuk kerja
Daftar kata
Unjuk kerja
•
•
Menyusun kalimat acak
•
Isian
Jawaban singkat
•
•
Unjuk kerja
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Complete the dialogs with the suitable words in the boxes. Practice them with your friends. Rearrange the sentences into good dialogs. Practice them with your friend(s). Work in pairs. Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice them with your partner. Look at the pictures and read the words. Ask and answer questions based on the pictures in Task F. Use the verb have/has.
•
•
•
•
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
•
•
Practice the dialogs with your friend. Do it in turns.
•
Contoh Instrumen 6 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 51–56. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
24
Silabus Unit 3 Thank You
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
•
•
•
9. Melengkapi kalimat menggunakan verb have/has dengan tepat.
10. Membaca dan memahami kalimatkalimat yang menggunakan object pronouns.
11. Melengkapi kalimat menggunakan pronouns yang tersedia dengan tepat.
12. Melengkapi percakapan menggunakan pronouns yang tepat. 13. Bermain peran berdasarkan percakapan yang telah padu di kegiatan sebelumnya.
Teknik •
Indikator
8. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Isian
Uraian
Isian
Identifikasi
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Practice the dialog in Task L with your friend.
Complete the dialog below with correct pronouns.
Choose the correct pronouns in brackets to complete the sentences. Read your work with proper pronunciation.
•
•
Read and understand the sentences below. Pay attention to the bold typed words.
Complete the dialogs with the correct forms of the verb ‘have’. Practice them with your friend.
Do all the sentences use the verb ‘have/ has’ correctly? Correct the incorrect ones.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
25
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
15. Melakukan tanya jawab bersama teman berdasarkan jadwal piket kelas.
Indikator
14. Melakukan praktik berbicara berdasarkan situasi kelas yang sesungguhnya menggunakan ordinal numbers.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
Teknik
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Tell the class where you and your friends sit. Use ordinal numbers. See the example. Ask and answer questions about your duty rooster and the schedule. See the example.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
26
Silabus Unit 3 Thank You
4.2. Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
4.1. Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pesan lisan.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pesan lisan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
2.
3. Membuat pesan lisan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.
Menyampaikan pesan lisan dengan pelafalan yang benar.
1.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pesan lisan.
Indikator
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
•
•
•
Teknik
•
•
•
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Say the messages below with proper pronunciation. Answer the questions below based on the messages in Task A.
Make spoken messages based on the situations below.
•
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 58–59. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
27
5.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks tertulis fungsional pendek berbentuk gratitude cards.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
1. Membaca dan memahami teks yang ada. 2. Menjawab soal pilihan ganda.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Membaca nyaring berbagai teks dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang benar, lancar dan berterima. Merespons makna/ gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk gratitude cards.
•
•
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Pilihan ganda
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Read the texts and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Contoh Instrumen
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 59. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
28
Silabus Unit 3 Thank You
6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dangan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks tulis fungsional pendek berupa gratitude cards.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran 1. Membuat gratitude cards berdasarkan situasi yang telah diberikan. 2. Membacakan gratitude cards yang dibuatnya di kelas.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Membuat berbagai gratitude cards dengan benar dan berterima.
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Make gratitude cards based on the situations below. Read your work with proper pronunciation.
Contoh Instrumen 1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 60. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
29
1.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) yang menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan.
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi informasi serta ungkapan kesantunan.
Possessive adjectives.
The simple present tense: showing daily routines.
Telling time.
Kinds of professions.
•
•
•
•
•
5. Mempelajari materi tentang penyebutan waktu (pukul) dan membaca contohcontohnya.
4. Mempelajari the simple present tense untuk mengungkapkan kegiatan rutin seharihari.
3. Mempelajari penggunaan possessive adjectives.
2. Membaca percakapan dan mempelajari ungkapan kesopanan.
1. Membaca percakapan lalu memahami penjelasan tentang ungkapan meminta dan memberi informasi.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Merespons berbagai percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi informasi serta ungkapan kesantunan.
Indikator
•
•
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
Non tes
•
•
Non tes
•
Teknik
•
•
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
•
•
Uraian objektif
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Study how to tell time.
Read the sentences and study the explanation.
Read the sentences and understand the bold-typed words.
•
•
Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.
Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen
8 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 64–75. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . . VII/1 Bahasa Inggris 4 – Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna
Unit 4 What do You Do?
SILABUS
30
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi berkaitan dengan unit sebelumnya (Unit 3). 8. Mendengarkan dan menirukan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 9. Membaca percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya dan secara lisan menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru.
10. Melengkapi percakapan sesuai dengan percakapan utuh yang dibacakan guru. 11. Membaca dan memahami percakapanpercakapan yang ada. 12. Menjawab pertanyaan secara lisan.
13. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dikemukakan guru secara lisan berdasarkan data siswa sendiri.
Indikator
6. Mempelajari kosakata tentang berbagai jenis pekerjaan.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Jawaban singkat
Isian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on your own data.
Read the dialogs below. Your teacher will ask some questions about them. Answer the questions orally.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs with the sentences you have heard.
Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Answer the questions orally.
Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/ her.
Remember Unit 3 and answer the questions below.
Read and study the dialog. Look at the pictures and remember the words.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
31
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
17. Menjawab pertanyaan guru secara lisan berdasarkan kalimatkalimat yang merupakan jawaban di tugas sebelumnya.
19. Menggambar jarum pada gambar jam yang telah disediakan sesuai dengan kalimatkalimat yang ditulis di tugas sebelumnya.
•
16. Menjodohkan kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru dengan gambar yang sesuai dengan cara menuliskan nomor kalimat yang dibacakan pada gambar yang sesuai.
•
•
15. Membaca kalimat yang merupakan jawaban tugas sebelumnya, lalu menggarisbawahi subjek serta kata kerjanya.
18. Menulis kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru.
•
Indikator
14. Menulis kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Dikte
Jawaban singkat
Menjodohkan
Identifikasi
Dikte
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read the sentences you have written in Task J. Draw the correct pointers on the clock pictures.
Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard in your book.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the sentences in Task H. Answer them orally.
Listen to your teacher. Match the sentences you’ve heard with the suitable pictures. Fill in the sentence number in each box near the correct picture.
Read the sentences in Task F. Underline the subjects and circle the verbs.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
32
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
•
•
•
•
•
21. Menentukan benar/ salah suatu pernyataan berdasarkan teks di tugas sebelumnya.
22. Melengkapi sebuah teks sesuai dengan teks utuh yang dibacakan guru.
23. Mengisi tabel sesuai dengan informasi yang terdapat di tugas sebelumnya.
24. Mengerjakan soal pilihan ganda berdasarkan teks di tugas sebelumnya.
25. Membaca nyaring sebuah teks, kemudian mendengarkan satu per satu pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru. 26. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks.
Indikator
20. Menyimak teks pendek yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulisnya di buku tugas.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Pilihan ganda
Isian
Isian
Pernyataan benar/salah
Dikte
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read the text aloud. Listen to your teacher’s questions. Choose A, B, C, or D for the correct answer.
Choose A, B, C, or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task N.
Read the complete text in Task N. Fill in the table based on the text.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Read the text you have written in Task L. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Listen to your teacher. Write the text you have heard.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
33
2.2 Merespon makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
2.1 Merespon makna tindak tutur yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk: notice.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
6. Menentukan tempat notice yang dibacakan oleh guru seringkali terdengar.
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
•
4. Menjodohkan notice yang dibacakan guru dengan gambar yang tepat.
5. Menulis notices yang dibacakan guru.
Tes lisan
Non tes
Non tes
•
•
3. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi.
Mengidentifikasi dan merespons makna dalam teks fungsional pendek lisan berbentuk spoken notices.
Teknik
•
•
Indikator
2. Membaca teks tentang surat (letter) dan memahami penjelasannya.
1. Membaca percakapan singkat yang berisi contoh spoken notices dan memahami penjelasannya.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
•
•
•
•
•
Jawaban singkat
Dikte
Menjodohkan
Jawaban singkat
Uraian objektif
Uraian objektif
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
•
Listen to your teacher. Where do you probably hear the spoken notices you have heard?
Listen to your teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard.
Listen to your teacher. Match what you have heard with the suitable sentences.
Answer the following questions.
Read the text and understand the explanation.
Read the sentences and understand the explanation.
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 81–82. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
34
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
3.3 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan
3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima.
Kompetensi Dasar
Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi informasi serta ungkapan kesantunan.
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
•
•
7. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan petunjuk yang tersedia dan mempraktikannya di depan kelas.
Tes unjuk kerja
•
6. Membuat kalimat menggunakan possessive adjectives.
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
•
•
Tes unjuk kerja
•
Tes tulis
Melakukan percakapan dalam wacana lisan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta dan memberi informasi serta ungkapan kesantunan.
Teknik
•
•
Indikator
5. Menggarisbawahi possessive adjectives yang terdapat dalam percakapanpercakapan di tugas sebelumnya.
3. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang urut. 4. Mempraktikkan percakapan yang telah urut bersama seorang teman.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan secara lisan berdasarkan percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya.
1. Membaca nyaring percakapan dan mempraktikannya dengan teman.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Unjuk kerja
Uraian
•
•
Identifikasi
Menyusun kalimat acak Unjuk kerja
Jawaban singkat
Unjuk kerja
•
•
•
•
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
Create dialogs based on the following clues. Practice the dialogs in front of the class.
Make five sentences using possessive adjectives.
Find possessive adjectives in the dialogs in Task C. Underline them.
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs. Practice the proper dialogs with your friend.
•
•
Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.
Read the dialogs aloud. Practice them with your friend.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 6 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 75–80. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
35
tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi informasi, mengucapkan terima kasih, meminta maaf, dan mengungkapkan kesantunan.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
•
11. Melakukan kegiatan tanya jawab tentang kegiatan sehari-hari secara berpasangan. 12. Menulis informasi yang diperoleh dan menceritakannya di depan kelas. •
•
10. Menyusun kata-kata acak menjadi kalimat yang baik dan menulisnya di buku.
13. Menceritakan gambar seperti contoh secara lisan.
Tes unjuk kerja
•
9. Menggambar jarum jam pada gambar jam yang tersedia berdasarkan percakapan, kemudian mempraktikkan percakapan tersebut.
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes unjuk kerja
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk kerja
Teknik •
Indikator
8. Secara berpasangan membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia dan mempraktikannya di depan kelas.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Menyusun kata acak
Unjuk kerja
•
•
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
•
•
Unjuk kerja
•
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
•
•
•
What pictures are they? Tell your friends. Number one has been done for you.
Do the activities.
Rearrange the jumbled words to make correct sentences. Read your work aloud.
Draw pointers on the clock pictures based on the dialogs. Practice the dialogs with a friend.
In pairs, create dialogs based on the situations. Practice the dialogs in front of the class.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
36
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi
14. Mengisi tabel dengan kegiatan sehari-hari sebelum berangkat sekolah, kemudian membuat paragraf berdasarkan tabel tersebut. 15. Menceritakan kegiatannya di depan kelas.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator
•
Tes unjuk kerja
Teknik •
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Fill in the table with your activities before going to school. Make a paragraph based on it. Tell your friends about it.
Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
4.1 Mengungkapkan makna tindak tutur dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk: notice.
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
2. Membaca spoken notices dengan nyaring dengan pelafalan yang benar. 3. Menceritakan isi/ maksud tiap-tiap notice kepada teman di kelas.
1. Membuat spoken notices berdasarkan situasi tertentu, kemudian menyampaikannya di depan kelas.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Mengungkapkan gagasan berupa spoken notices dengan lancar dan berterima.
Indikator
•
•
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Teknik
•
•
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
•
Read the spoken notices with proper pronunciation. Tell your friends what they are about.
Create spoken notices based on the situations. Tell them in front of the class.
Contoh Instrumen
1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 82–83. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
37
4.2 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
38
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
5.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna kata, frasa, dan kalimat dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Teks fungsional pendek berbentuk: surat (letter).
Kosakata yang terkait dengan tema yang dipilih.
•
•
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
3. Mengerjakan soal pilihan ganda berdasarkan surat yang tersedia.
2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan surat di kegiatan sebelumnya.
1. Membaca nyaring surat dengan dengan pelafalan yang benar.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Membaca nyaring berbagai teks dengan lafal, tekanan, dan intonasi yang benar dan berterima. Mengidentifikasi informasi/gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek berupa surat (letter).
•
•
Indikator
•
•
•
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Teknik
•
•
•
Pilihan ganda
Jawaban singkat
Membaca nyaring
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
Answer the questions based on the letter in Task A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
•
Read the letter with proper pronunciation and intonation.
•
•
Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 83–84. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
39
6.1 Mengungkapkan makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
Kompetensi Dasar
•
Teks fungsional pendek berbentuk: surat (letter).
Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran
Menulis surat yang menceritakan kegiatan sehari-hari kepada seorang teman.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
•
Menulis teks fungsional sederhana dalam bentuk surat (letter).
Indikator
•
Tes tulis
Teknik •
Uraian
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian
•
Write a letter to your friend. Tell about your daily activities.
Contoh Instrumen 1 u 40'
Alokasi Waktu
•
•
•
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 84. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
40
Silabus Unit 4 What do You Do?
6.2 Mengungkapkan langkah retorika dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi Dasar
Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Indikator Teknik
Bentuk Instrumen
Penilaian Contoh Instrumen
Alokasi Waktu
Sumber Belajar
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. greet and part, 2. introduce yourself and other people, 3. create short functional texts (spoken messages), 4. write short functional texts (birthday cards), 5. use is, am, are, this/that, these/those, and 6. mention parts of the body, human physical appearances and family members correctly.
When you meet someone for the first time, what do you usually do? Do you introduce yourself? If you do, how do you do it? Never worries how you do it. In this unit you will learn kinds of expressions and examples of introducing yourself. You will also learn how to introduce someone to another. Further, this unit also explains some expressions to greet and part. Well, let’s learn more about them.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
41
1.1 Expressions
Greeting and Parting Read the dialogs and understand the expressions. 1
Good morning, Sir.
See you on Monday. Good morning.
2 See you.
Pay attention to the expressions used in the dialogs. In dialog 1, there are the expressions to greet someone and to respond to it. In dialog 2, there are the expressions to part with someone and to respond to it. Here are some expressions you can use to greet people and part. Greeting
Parting
Morning! Hello! Hi, Eva! How are you? Hi, there! Good morning/afternoon/evening.
Goodbye. Good night. Bye! See you (soon/later/tomorrow). Cheerio!
You say “Good morning/Morning (Selamat pagi/Pagi).” at 12 midnight up to 12 noon. You say “Good afternoon/Afternoon (Selamat siang/Siang)” at 12:01 p.m. up to 6 p.m. You say “Good evening/Evening (Selamat sore/Sore)” at 6:01 p.m. up to 9 p.m. You say “Good night (Selamat malam)” when you want to leave other people at night, such as you want to go to sleep or you leave someone’s house.
42
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Introducing Yourself and Other People Read the dialogs and understand the expressions. 1
2
Hello, my name is Silvana Larasati. You can call me Silvana.
Eka Bagus Eka Bagus Eka
: : : : :
Hi, Bagus. Hi, Eka. By the way, have you met each other? Not yet. Well, Bagus, this is Puput, my cousin. Puput, this is Bagus. Bagus : Hello, Puput. Nice to meet you. Puput : Hello, Bagus. Nice to meet you too.
Dialog 1 is the example of introducing oneself and dialog 2 is the example of introducing someone to another. Here are some expressions you can use to introduce ourselves and other people. Introducing Yourself Hello! My name is Eka. Hi! I’m Eka Septian. I’m Ratnawati Siregar. You can call me Ratna.
Introducing Other People Do you know each other? Erwan-Bagus. Raka, meet Era. Oh, look, here’s Raka! Raka-Era. EraRaka. Raka, this is Era. Era, this is Raka.
After knowing each other, you can make the conversation longer by asking for and giving information. Here are some expressions. Asking for and Giving Information What’s your name? What is your complete name? Where do you live? What is your favorite food? Do you like singing? Where do you come from?
Responding My name’s Silvana./I am Silvana. Silvana Larasati. I live at Jalan Majapahit 12. I like fried rice. No, I don’t. I come from Madura.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
43
Grammar Section To be: is, am, are Read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words. Hello, I am Edgar. He is Edwin, my brother. We are students.
The bold typed words are to be. We use to be to name people or things, describe or give more information about them. Study the words in the table. Subject I He Alan It We They Edgar and I
Noun
Be am is is is are are are
Rina. my brother. the winner. a sharpener. students. our teachers. brothers.
This, That, These, Those Read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words. Patterns: This/That + is + singular noun These/Those + are + plural nouns
44
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
That is my sister.
I bought these oranges in the market.
You use this to refer to a person or thing that is close to you. If you refer to more than one person/thing, you use these. You use that to refer to a person or thing that is far from us. If you refer to more than one person/thing, you use those. Examples: 1. 2. 3. 4.
This is my school. This is my book. That is my teacher. That is the teacher room.
1. 2. 3. 4.
These are the classrooms. These are my books. Those are my teachers. Are those the library and the laboratory?
Answer the following questions. 1. 2.
A. 1.
4.
When you meet your teacher in the morning, what will you say? Jawaban: I will say, “Good morning.” When you want to part with your friend, what will you say? Jawaban: I will say, “Goodbye.”
Listen and repeat after your teacher. Good morning, Ma’am.
Goodbye.
2.
Nice to meet you.
5.
See you tomorrow.
3.
I’m fine, thank you.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
45
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan kalimat-kalimat berikut. 1. Hello! 2. Hi! 3. Good morning. 4. Glad to see you again! 5. Nice to meet you. 6. How are you today? 7. I’m fine, thank you. 8. See you tomorrow. 9. Bye-bye. 10. Take care. B.
Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Then, read the dialogs aloud with a friend.
Dialog 1 Ika : Hello, my name is Ika. Nia : Hello, Ika. I am Nia. Ika : Where are you from, Nia? Nia : I am from Madura. And you? Ika : I am from Surabaya. Dialog 2 Arya : Are you a new student? Dinda : Yes, I am. Arya : Welcome to this school. My name is Arya. What is your name? Dinda : My name is Dinda. I am in Class VIIA. Arya : So we are in the same class. I am in Class VIIA too. Dialog 3 Tito : Good morning, Ma’am. Mrs. Arwan : Good morning, Tito. Nice weather, isn’t it? Tito : It is. Mrs. Arwan : By the way, my bus is coming. See you again, Tito. Tito : See you, Ma’am. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat membacakan percakapan-percakapan berikut. 1. Denia and her mother are in a supermarket now. She meets her biology teacher, Ms. Endang. Denia : Good afternoon, Ma’am. Ms. Endang : Good afternoon, Nia. Shopping, right? Denia : No. We are just doing some window shopping. Ma’am, please meet my mother, Rianti. Mom, please meet Ms. Endang, my biology teacher. Ms. Rianti : How do you do? Ms. Endang : How do you do? 2. Andika is going home. He usually goes home by bus. He’s waiting a bus at the bus station now. There is a girl sitting beside him. Andika : Hi, I’m Andika. May I know your name? Dewi : Hi, Andika. I’m Dewi. Andika : Going home? Dewi : Yeah.
46
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Andika Dewi Andika Dewi Andika Dewi C.
: : : : : :
Are you the student of SMP 1? Yes, I am. I’m the student of SMP 1 too. I’m in Class VIIA. Are you? I’m in Class VIIC. Nice to meet you. Nice to meet you.
Read the dialogs in Task B once again. Then, answer the questions.
Dialog 1 1. Where is Ika from? Jawaban: Surabaya. 2. How does Ika introduce herself? Jawaban: By saying, “Hello, my name is Ika.” Dialog 2 1. Who is the new student? Jawaban: Dinda is. 2. Are Dinda and Arya in the same class? Jawaban: Yes, they are. 3. In what class are they? Jawaban: Class VIIA. Dialog 3 1. How does Tito greet Mrs. Arwan? Jawaban: By saying, “Good morning, Mrs. Arwan.” 2. In your opinion, where are they? Jawaban: In a bus stop. 3. How does Mrs. Arwan show her leave-taking? Jawaban: By saying, “See you again, Tito.” D.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs below based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 While Ms. Ria is still teaching, the bell rings. Ms. Ria : Well, students, (1) that’s all for today. See you next Monday in the language laboratory. Students : O.K., Ma’am. (2) Thank you for the lesson. Teacher : You’re welcome. Bye. Students : Bye, Ma’am. Teacher : (3) Take care. Students : You too, thank you. Dialog 2 Dian : Hi! My name is Dian. Utami : Hi! My name is Utami. Dian : (4) You are the new neighbor, right? Utami : Yes, I am. I just moved here last week. Dian : (5) Welcome to the neighborhood. Well, nice to meet you, but I have to go to the bookstore. See you. Utami : O.K. See you!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
47
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Arman : Hi, Linda! Linda : Hi, Arman! How are you? Arman : I’m fine. Well, let me introduce my cousin, Hadi. (1) Hadi, this is Linda, my classmate. Linda : Nice to meet you, Hadi. Hadi : (2) Nice to meet you too, Linda. Dialog 2 Agung meets his friend Gilang. He greets him. Agung : Hi, Lang! Gilang : Hi, Gung! Agung : (3) How are things? Gilang : Very well, thanks. And you? Agung : (4) Me too, thanks. By the way, we’re going cycling. Why don’t you join? Gilang : It would be great! (5) Thanks. Dialog 3 The students of Class VIIC are learning English happily. But then, the bell rings. Riiiiing . . . . Riiiiing . . . . Teacher : Well, students. That’s all for today. Students : O.K., Ma’am. Teacher : (6) See you next Wednesday. Bye. Students : See you, Ma’am. Bye. Teacher : (7) Take care. Students : Thank you. Dialog 4 Mr. Hartawan is introducing Mr. Kartiko, his boss, to his brother, Mr. Purwanto. Mr. Hartawan : Hello, Mr. Kartiko. How are you? Mr. Kartiko : Hello, Mr. Hartawan. (8) Everything is fine. I hope you are well too. Mr. Hartawan : Yeah, thanks. By the way, (9) please meet Purwanto, my brother. Pur, this is Mr. Kartiko my boss. Mr. Purwanto : (10) Good to see you. Mr. Kartiko : Good to see you too, Sir. E.
48
Practice the dialogs in Task D with your friend.
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Variasi: Sebelum siswa mempraktikkan percakapan, guru dapat memberi soal-soal sebagai berikut. A.
Choose A, B, C, D for the correct answer.
1.
You meet your teacher at the front gate in the morning. You say, “________.” A. Good evening, Ma’am B. Goodbye C. Good morning, Ma’am D. Take care Jawaban: C Bertemu guru pada pagi hari, salam yang paling tepat diucapkan adalah ”Good morning, Ma’am.”.
2.
The bell rings. It begins the school day. You say, “________.” to your teacher. A. Good night, Sir B. Have a nice day, Sir C. Glad to see you here D. Good morning, Sir Jawaban: D Ketika kelas akan dimulai, beri salam kepada guru dengan ucapan ”Good morning, Sir.”.
3.
It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. You say, “________” to your parents. A. Good evening, Mom, Dad. B. Good night, Mom, Dad. C. See you tomorrow, Mom, Dad. D. Bye, Mom, Dad.
B.
Continue the sentences below.
Jawaban: B Pada malam hari ketika kamu akan tidur, biasakan ucapkan ”Good night, Mom-Dad.”. 4.
Riani : Amir, this is Novita, my neighbor. Novi, this is Amir, my classmate. Novi : Hello, Amir. Amir : ________ A. Hello, Novi. B. See you. C. How are you? D. I’m fine, thanks. Jawaban: A Respons yang sesuai atas sapaan ”Hello” adalah ”Hello” pula.
5.
Mr. Anang : Let me introduce my colleague Mr. Iwan. Mr. Iwan, this is Mr. Rinto. Mr. Rinto, this is Mr. Iwan. Mr. Rinto : How do you do? Mr. Iwan : ________ A. How are you? B. How do you do? C. How is life? D. See you. Jawaban: B Respons yang tepat untuk sapaan perkenalan ”How do you do?” adalah ”How do you do?” juga.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
You meet your schoolmate in the school canteen at 9:15 a.m. You say, “________.” Lisa meets her friends on the street at 4 p.m. She says, “________.” Ivan wants to go to school in the morning. He says, “________.”to his parents. You leave your friend’s home. You say, “________.” You meet your teacher in the afternoon. You say, “________.” You introduce your friend to your parents. You say, “________.” You introduce your science teacher to your parents. She says, “How do you do?” Your parents responds to it by saying, “________?” 8. You greet your friend on the phone by saying, “________.” 9. You leave your grandparents’ house in the evening. You say, “________.” 10. Your grandparents respond your leave taking by saying, “________.”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
49
Jawaban: 1. Good morning 2. Good afternoon 3. Goodbye, Mom, Dad 4. Bye. See you 5. Good afternoon, Sir/Madam 6. Mom, Dad, this is my friend Doni. Doni, these are my parents 7. How do you do 8. Hello 9. Good night, Grandpa, Grandma 10. Good night, dear F.
Listen to your teacher and write down what you have heard. Complete what he/she says with is, am or are.
Example: Your teacher says: I ________ a police. You write: I am a police. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru: 1. Dina ________ a student. 2. My father ________ an architect. 3. Dian ________ at school. 4. Mr. Heru ________ a teacher. 5. Mother ________ at home. 6. The students ________ in the seventh grade. 7. We ________ students of SMP 6. 8. You ________ beautiful. 9. Sari ________ a nurse. 10. Anto and Andi ________ in the school yard. Jawaban: 1. Dina is a student. 3. Dian is at school. 5. Mother is at home. 7. We are students of SMP 6. 9. Sari is a nurse. G.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
My father is an architect. Mr. Heru is a teacher. The students are in the seventh grade You are beautiful. Anto and Andi are in the school yard.
Complete the texts with is, am or are.
Text 1 Hello, I (1) ________ Nia. I have a brother. He (2) ________ Edo. We (3) ________ the students of SMP 8. I (4) ________ in the seventh grade, and he (5) ________ in the ninth grade. We go to school together. Text 2 Mr. Karta (6) ________ my uncle. He lives next to us. He has a beautiful wife. Her maiden name (7) ________ Riana. So I (8) ________ Mr and Mrs. Karta’s niece and Edo (9) ________ their nephew. Mr and Mrs. Karta have two twin daughters and a son. Their daughters’ names (10) ________ Ranti and Rina and their son’s name (11) ________ Adi. So they (12) ________
50
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
my cousins. Ranti and Rina (13) ________ twelve years old while Adi (14) ________ ten years old. The family have three cats. They (15) ________ Kitty, Nunny and Ancy. Jawaban: 1. am 6. is 11. is H.
2. is 7. is 12. are
3. are 8. am 13. are
4. am 9. is 14. is
5. is 10. are 15. are
Find the opposite meanings of the following words. You may find the answers in the texts in Task G.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. husband >< wife 2. nephew >< niece 3. aunt >< uncle 4. sister >< brother 5. son >< daughter Variasi: Find the meanings of the words and the answers in Task H. Jawaban: 1. ● husband = suami ● wife = 2. ● nephew = keponakan laki-laki ● niece = 3. ● aunt = bibi ● uncle = 4. ● sister = saudara perempuan ● brother = 5. ● son = anak laki-laki ● daughter = I.
istri keponakan perempuan paman saudara laki-laki anak perempuan
The words in Task H show us about family relationships. Study other family relationships below. Find their meanings in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. parents = orang tua 2. grandparents = kakek dan nenek 3. grandfather = kakek 4. grandmother = nenek 5. cousin = saudara sepupu 6. grandchild = cucu 7. grandson = cucu laki-laki 8. granddaughter = cucu perempuan 9. elder sister = kakak perempuan 10. younger brother = adik laki-laki 11. sister-in-law = saudara ipar perempuan 12. brother-in-law = saudara ipar laki-laki 13. father-in-law = ayah mertua 14. mother-in-law = ibu mertua 15. son-in-law = menantu laki-laki 16. daughter-in-law = menantu perempuan 17. stepfather = ayah tiri 18. stepmother = ibu tiri 19. stepbrother = saudara tiri laki-laki 20. stepsister = saudara tiri perempuan PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
51
J.
Find the names of ten family relationships in this puzzle. The words can go across or down.
Jawaban:
K.
Look at the family tree. Complete the sentences based on the family tree.
Mr. Bahar
+
Mrs. Bahar
Agus + Lia
Tuti
Ima
Ida 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Ida is Tuti’s ________. Mr. Bahar is Ida’s ________. Agus is Tuti’s ________. Mrs. Bahar is Ima’s ________. Agus is Ida’s ________.
Jawaban: 1. niece 2. grandfather 3. brother-in-law 4. mother 5. father 52
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut. Mr. Arif
Mrs. Arif
Mrs. Tino
Mr. Tino
Tika
Berlina
Mrs. Cahyo
Mr. Cahyo
Candra
Mr. Galung
Mrs. Galung
Pratama
1. Mr. and Mrs. Arif have three ________; Mr. Tino, Mr. Galung, and Mrs. Cahyo. 2. Mr. and Mrs Arif are Candra’s ________. 3. Mrs. Cahyo is Candra’s ________. 4. Mr. Galung is Mrs. Cahyo’s ________. 5. Mrs. Cahyo is Mr. Tino’s ________. 6. Mrs. Galung is Tika’s ________. 7. Mr. Galung is Candra’s ________. 8. Candra is Pratama’s ________. 9. Tika and Berlina are Mr. and Mrs. Cahyo’s ________. 10. Pratama is Mrs. Tino’s ________. Jawaban: 1. children 2. grandparents 3. mother 4. brother 5. sister 6. aunt 7. uncle 8. cousin 9. nieces 10. nephew L.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Hi, I’m Rosalia. I have a (1) brother named Harry. So, I’m Harry’s (2) sister. Mr. and Mrs. Agung Nugraha are my (3) parents. Mrs. Nugraha is my (4) mother. Mr. Agung Nugraha is my (5) father. I have two (6) cousins. They are Hanung and Arya. Mrs. Sisca Gunawan is my (7) aunt. So it means that I am her (8) niece. Mr. and Mrs. Haryawan are my (9) grandparents. It means that I am their (10) granddaughter. Variasi: Make a family tree based on the complete text in Task L. Jawaban: Mr. Haryawan Gunawan + Sisca Hanung
Arya
+
Mrs. Haryawan Jelita + Agung Nugraha Rosalia
Harry
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
53
A.
54
Read the alphabets below. Look at the pictures. Say the words with proper pronunciation. A /ei/
B /bi:/
C /si:/
apple /'Apl/
bird /bE:rd/
candy /'kAndi/
F /ef/
G /d55i:/
H /eitss/
I /ai/
J /d55ei/
fan /fAn/
girl /gE:rl/
hen /hen/
ice cream /ais kri:m/
jug /d5ng/
K /kei/
L /el/
M /em/
N /en/
O /ou/
kettle /'ketl/
lady /'leidi/
money /'mnni/
notebook /'noutbuk/
orange/'c:rind5/
P /pi:/
Q /kju:/
R /a:(r)/
S /es/
T /ti:/
pen /pen/
quill /kwil/
roof /ru:f/
shoe /su:/
television /'telivi5n/
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
D /di:/
daddy /'dAdi/
E /i:/
ear /ir/
V /vi:/
W /'dnblju:/
unicorn /'ju:nike:n/
volcano /va:l'keineu/
wok /wak/
X /eks/
Y /wai/
Z /zi:/
X-ray /eks rei/
yolk /youk/
o
U /ju:/
B.
zebra /'zebre/
Spell the words below aloud.
Kata-kata yang dieja siswa dan jawaban: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
d-e-s-k r-u-l-e-r c-u-r-l-y y-a-r-d f-i-n-g-e-r
: : : : :
/di:/-/i:/-/es/-/kei/ /a:(r)/-/ju:/-/el/-/i:/-/a:(r)/ /si:/-/ju:/-/a:(r)/-/el/-/wai/ /wai/-/ei/-/a:(r)/-/di:/ /ef/-/ai/-/en/-/d5i:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/
Variasi: Spell the words below correctly. Do it in turns. 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. C.
ant /ei/-/en/-/ti:/ curly /si:/-/ju:/a(r)/-/el/-/wai/ heel /eits/-/i:/-/i:-el/ lips /el/-/ai/-/pi:/-/es/ stomach /es/-/ti:/-/ou/-/em/-/ei/-/si:/-/eits/
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
bed /bi:/-/i:/-/di:/ door /di:/-/ou/-/ou/-/a:(r)/ finger /ef/-/ai/-/en-/d5i:/i:/-/a:(r)/ neck /en/-/i:/si/-/kei/ zipper /zi:/-/ai/-/pi:/-/pi:/-/i:/-/a:(r)/
Read the dialogs aloud. Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
Dialog 1 Nina : Teacher : Nina : Teacher : Nina : Teacher : Nina :
Good morning, Sir. Good morning. Are you the student of SMP 5? Yes, Sir. I am in the seventh grade. I see. And you are . . . . Nina, Sir. Well, Nina. Glad to meet you. Glad to meet you too, Sir.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
55
Dialog 2 Mr. Royandi is introducing Mr. Haryono to his guest, Mr. Santoso. Mr. Royandi : Good evening, Mr. Santoso. How are you? Mr. Santoso : Good evening, Mr. Royandi. Everything is fine. I hope you are well too. Mr. Royandi : I am, thank you. By the way, please meet Mr. Haryono, the vice headmaster. Mr. Haryono, please meet Mr. Santoso, the Director of PT Trikarya. Mr. Haryono : Good to see you, Sir. Mr. Santoso : Good to see you too, Sir. Variasi: Practice the dialogs below with a friend. 1.
2.
3.
4.
Ida Mother Ida Mother Diana Teacher Diana Jimmy Ms. Jean Jimmy Ms. Jean Tanti Bella Tanti Bella Tanti Bella
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
Good morning, Mom. Good morning, Ida. Going to school now? Yes. Goodbye, Mom. Goodbye, dear. Take care. Good afternoon, Sir. Good afternoon, Diana. Don’t forget that the biology class is in the lab today? Sure, Sir. Good morning, Ms. Jean. Good morning, Jimmy. How are you today? Fine, thanks, Ms. Jean. I hope you are fine too. I am, thanks. Excuse me. May I sit here? Yes, please. I’m Tanti. What’s your name? I’m Bella. Glad to see you, Bella. Glad to see you too, Tanti.
5. Hello, Carla, how are you?
No, she’s not. Carla, this is Joan, my cousin. Joan, this is Carla, my close friend.
Hello, Carla. Nice to meet you too.
56
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
I am fine, Tasha, thank you. Is she your sister? Hello, Joan. Nice to meet you.
D.
Introduce yourself based on one of the cards.
Sofyan Marpaung (Sofyan) Jalan Hayam Wuruk 12
Achmad Zazuli (Azul) Jalan Abubakar Ali 52
Rina Mizwar (Rina) Jalan Sawit Sari 6
Andrea Rahmawati (Dea) Jalan Dr. Wahidin 43
Aris Siahaan (Aris) Jalan Kampung Sewu Xa no 12
Rizka Aminah (Riris) Jalan Achmad Yani 42
Contoh jawaban: 1. Good morning, friends. My name is Sofyan Marpaung. You can call me Sofyan. I live at Jalan Hayam Wuruk 12. Well, it is near Pasar Wedi. Please drop in. 2. Hello, I am Achmad Zazuli. Just call me Azul. I live at Jalan Abubakar Ali 52. That’s all about me. Variasi: Come to the front of the class. Introduce yourself. Do it in turns. Example: Good morning, my friends. I want to introduce myself. I am Galang Herlambang. Just call me Galang. I live at Jalan Duren Tiga number ten. Please drop in. Thank you.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
57
E.
Make dialogs based on the pictures.
1.
2.
You want to introduce your mother to the principal. What would you say?
You are on the way to school. You meet your mother’s friend. You greet her. What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Nina Mr. Sanusi Nina
: Good morning, Mr. Sanusi. : Good morning, Nina. : I’d like to introduce my mother, Asti Hendrawan. Mom, this is the principal Mr. Sanusi. Mr.Sanusi : How do you do, Mrs. Hendrawan? Mrs. Hendrawan : How do you do, Mr. Sanusi? Shinta : Good morning, Mrs. Ridwan. Mrs. Ridwan : Good morning, Shinta. You go to school early today. Shinta : Yes, I am. I’m afraid of missing the bus. See you. Mrs. Ridwan : See you.
2.
Variasi: A.
Interview your friends to complete the table.
Example: Rano : Hi, I’m Rano, Rano Triadi. What’s your name? Fian : Hi, Rano. I’m Fiantono Gunadi. Call me Fian. Rano : Where do you live, Fian? Fian : I live at Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6, Semarang. And you? Rano : I live at Jalan Gombel Permai number 22, Semarang. Thanks, Fian. Fian : You’re welcome. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
58
Name Fianto Guandi
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Nickname Fian
Address Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6 Semarang
B.
Tell the result of your interview in Task A to the class.
Contoh jawaban: Hi, friends. I got a friend. He’s Fiantono Gunadi. I call him Fian. He lives at Jalan Perdamaian Utara number 6, Semarang. C.
Work in groups of three. Introduce one of your friends to the other.
Contoh jawaban: Ron, please meet Bintang, my playmate. Bintang, this is Roni, my new friend from Bogor.
F.
Hi, Bintang. It’s nice to see you.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher. She always comes to our class on time. Before teaching, she always greets us, “Good morning, students. How are you?” To reply her, we say, “We are fine, thanks.” Then, she starts teaching vocabularies. When the bell rings, she ends the lesson by saying “See you again, class. Have a nice day.” And we reply her, “See you. Thank you, Miss.” 1.
Hi, Ron. It’s nice to see you, too.
What is Ms. Dwiyanti? A. A student. B. A teacher. C. A principal D. A librarian. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Ms. Dwiyanti is my English teacher.” yang artinya ”Bu Dwiyanti adalah guru bahasa Inggris saya.”. Student artinya siswa, principal artinya kepala sekolah, dan librarian artinya petugas perpustakaan.
2.
What do you know about Ms. Dwiyanti? A. She teaches grade VIII. B. She always comes to the writer’s class on time. C. She never leaves the class. D. She never teaches vocabularies. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat, ”She always comes to our class on time.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dia mengajar kelas VIII, (seharusnya kelas VII), (C) artinya dia tidak pernah meninggalkan kelas, dan (D) artinya dia tidak pernah mengajar tata bahasa dan kosakata.
3.
How does Ms. Dwiyanti say her leave taking? A. By saying “See you later.” B. By saying “Good morning, students.” C. By saying “See you again, class.” D. By saying “See you.”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
59
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”When the bell rings, she ends the lesson by saying ’See you again, class. Have a nice day.’.” yang artinya ”Ketika bel berbunyi, beliau mengakhiri pelajaran dengan berkata ’Sampai jumpa kembali, anak-anak. Semoga hari kalian menyenangkan.’.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
4.
What is Rina? She is ________. A. a student B. a librarian C. a teacher D. a principal Jawaban: A Teks tersebut menjelaskan bahwa Rina Setyowati bersekolah di SMP N 5. Jadi, dia seorang siswa (a student). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
5.
How old is Rina? She is ________ years old. A. 12 B. 13 C. 14 D. 15 Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan pada kalimat ketiga ”I am thirteen years old.” yang artinya ”Saya berusia 13 tahun.”.
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. Hello, my name is Rina Setyowati. My friends call me Rina. I am thirteen years old. I live in Yogyakarta. I study in SMP N 5. Now I am in the first grade. I go to school on foot. My home is not far from my school. Variasi: Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2.
Read the text and answer questions 3 to 5.
Hello, I am Nunung Setyaningrum. My friends call me Aning. I am thirteen years old. I live in Bogor. I am in the first grade of SMP N 1. I go to school by bike. My house is quite far from my school. 1. What is the girl in the text? She is ________. A. a student B. a librarian C. a teacher D. a principal Jawaban: A Teks tersebut menjelaskan bahwa Nunung Setyaningrum bersekolah di SMP N 1. Jadi, dia seorang siswa (a student).
Hello, my name is Magic Sloanne. I live with my cousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60 Hyde Park Street. It is near Lakeland Street. This is my new neighbor. His name is Vicky Martinez. He lives on the same street as I live. I like to have a friend like him because he is very clever and kind.
2.
60
Aning goes to school ________. A. by car B. by bicycle C. by bus D. on foot Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan pada kalimat keenam, ”I go to school by bike.” yang artinya ”Saya pergi ke sekolah dengan bersepeda.”.
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Source: Ujian Nasional
3.
Where does Vicky live? A. Near Hyde Park Street. B. On Lakeland Street. C. On Hyde Park Street. D. Far from Lakeland Street. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”He lives on the same street as I live.” yang artinya ”Dia (Vicky) tinggal di jalan yang sama dengan tempat tinggal saya.”. Sementara itu, tempat tinggal penulis terdapat di kalimat kedua, ”I live with my cousins, Donny and Bryan, at 60 Hyde Park Street.”. Frasa keterangan tempat ”at 60 Hyde Park Street” sama dengan ”on Hyde Park Street” yang artinya ”di Jalan Hyde Park”.
4.
G.
Who is Magic Sloanne? A. Donny’s brother. B. Bryan’s cousin. C. Vicky’s cousin. D. Vicky’s sister. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan pada kalimat kedua ”I live with my cousins, Donny and Bryan, . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
5.
“. . . because he is very clever and kind.” (line 7) What does the underlined word refer to? A. Donny. B. Magic Sloanne. C. Bryan. D. Vicky Martinez. Jawaban: D Kata ganti orang ’he’ mengacu pada subjek yang telah disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”His name is Vicky Martinez.”.
Read the text below. Then, answer the questions.
Let me introduce myself. My name is Rosalinda. I am an actress. I live with my husband, Andrew Copernicov, and my son Robert and daughter Elisse. We live at 34 Tahoe City, California. Now my niece Leonny and my nephew Ron are visiting us. They are the children of my brother Surya. My uncle’s family are here too. Our house becomes so crowded because of them. Questions: 1. How many children does Rosalinda have? Jawaban: Two. 2. Who are they? Jawaban: Robert and Elisse. 3. What does Rosalinda do? Jawaban: She is an actress. 4. Who is Leonny? Jawaban: She is Rosalinda’s niece. 5. Where do the family live? Jawaban: They live at 34 Tahoe City, California. Variasi: Read the text. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on it. Hi, I’m Henry. Mr. Lawson is my father. Mrs. Riani Lawson is my mother. They have four children, two boys and two girls. So, I have two sisters and one brother. I’m the fourth child. I was born on the sixth of May 1994. Now I am in Grade VII in SMPN 2. There are forty-two students in my class. I really like my class. Statements: 1. ______ There are four people in Henry’s family. 2. ______ Mr. Lawson has three children. 3. ______ Henry is the only son. 4. ______ Henry is fourteen years old now. 5. ______ Henry studies in junior high school. Jawaban: 1. F
2.
F
3.
F
4.
T
5.
T
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
61
H.
Look at the pictures. Repeat after your teacher. hair m
o forehead o eyebrows eye m ear m o cheek nose m o lip tooth m m chin m neck elbow m finger m
o head
shoulder m chest m o arm
o hand
thigh m knee m o leg
heel m
o foot o toes
I.
Rearrange the letters below into proper words. The words are parts of our body.
1. w–o–b–l–e 3. r–a–m 5. h–s–e–t–c 7. r–a–i–h 9. r–a–e Jawaban: 1. elbow 6. finger
62
: : : : :
________ ________ ________ ________ ________
2. mouth 7. hair
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
2. o–t-m–h–u 4. e–e–y 6. n–e–i–r–g–f 8. h–t–h–i–g 10. o–h–t–t–o 3. arm 8. thigh
4. eye 9. ear
: : : : :
________ ________ ________ ________ ________
5. chest 10. tooth
Variasi: Look at the picture. Label parts of the body pointed by the arrows. 2
1
4
3
5
6
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________
8
7
9 10
Jawaban: 1. hair 6. hand J.
2. cheek 7. finger(s)
3. neck 8. knee
4. shoulder 9. leg
5. arm 10. foot
Do the instructions in pairs.
What to do: ● Look at the picture. ● Point to a part of the man’s body, for example, his nose. Then, say “This is his nose.” ● Then, your partner points to a part of the person’s body, and say “This is his ear.”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
63
Contoh jawaban: Student A (menunjuk kedua tangan orang dalam gambar) Student B (menunjuk kepala orang dalam gambar) Student A (menunjuk dahi orang dalam gambar) Student B (menunjuk bibir orang dalam gambar) Student A (menunjuk kedua kaki orang dalam gambar) Student B (menunjuk jari-jari orang dalam gambar) Student A (menunjuk kedua telinga orang dalam gambar)
: : : : : : :
These are his hands. This is his head. This is his forehead. These are his lips. These are his legs. These are his fingers. These are his ears.
Variasi: Guru dapat memegang satu bagian tubuh, misalnya pundak. ● Kemudian, guru menyuruh siswa menyebutkan bagian tubuh yang dipegang guru menggunakan that/those, misalnya, ”That is your shoulder.” ● Guru juga dapat menyebutkan bagian tubuh tertentu, misalnya jari. Kemudian, guru menyuruh siswa memegang jari-jarinya dan menyebutkan bagian tubuh tersebut dengan this/these, misalnya ”These are my fingers.”. ●
K.
Label the pictures using the words in the box.
eggs jacket
shoes glass
1
balloons tie
2
This is a ________.
4
These are ________.
5
It is a ________. Jawaban: 1. cap 2. eggs 3. tie 4. jacket 5. balloons
64
chicken cap
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Those are ________.
3
That is a ________.
L.
Make five sentences using ‘This/That’ or ‘These/Those’.
Contoh jawaban: 1. This is our classroom. 3. Is that the basketball court? 5. Are those your new shoes?
2. 4.
That’s the hall. These are not my books.
Variasi: Make sentences based on the pictures. Use This/That, and These/Those. 1
2
4
5
3
Contoh jawaban: 1. This is/That is a broom. 3. These are/Those are apples. 5. This is/That is a horse.
2. 4.
These are/Those are belts. This is/That is a bird.
M. Suppose you are one of these people. Introduce yourself. 1
Picture source: http://www.kapanlagi.com/g/ agnes_monica_dan_boyz_ii_men/ agnes_monica-20070502-034wawan.jpg (April 8, 2008)
2
3
Picture source: http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Bambang_Pamungkas (April 8, 2008)
Picture source: http://selebriti.kapanlagi.com/ cinta_laura/ (April 8, 2008)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
65
Contoh jawaban: 1. Hi, friends, my name is Agnes Monica. I was born in Jakarta, July 1, 1986. Now I live in Jakarta. Nice to meet all of you. 2. Hi, my name is Bambang Pamungkas. You can call me Bambang. I was born on June 10, 1980. I am from Salatiga, East Java. I really love football. Nice to meet you all. 3. Hello, guys. My complete name is Cinta Laura Kiehl. You can call me Cinta. I was born in Quedlinburg, Germany on August 17, 1993. I am an actress, as you know. Sources: – http://www.info-artis.com/artist/1/Agnes_Monica/Agnes_Monica.html (April 8, 2008) – http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bambang_Pamungkas (April 8, 2008) – http://www.info-artis.com/artist/261/Cinta_Laura/Cinta_Laura.html (April 8, 2008)
N.
Look at the picture. Read the text aloud.
Hi! My name is Silvana. My father is Mr. Farhan and my mother is Mrs. Farhan. My mother’s maiden name is Ellyani. My father is tall and thin. He wears spectacles. My mother is tall and fat. About me, people say that I am slim. I have big eyes and straight hair. I have a sister named Andrea. She is tall and has a prominent nose. Different from me, she has curly hair. I also have a younger brother. He is Donny. He is short, fat and . . . funny. O. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
66
Answer the questions based on the text in Task N. What is the text about? Jawaban: It’s about Silvana’s family. Who wears spectacles? Jawaban: Silvana’s father does. How many sisters does Silvana have? Jawaban: One. Who is Silvana’s brother? Jawaban: Donny is. What is the maiden name of Silvana’s mother? Jawaban: Ellyani is.
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
P.
Read the words below aloud. Find their meanings in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. tall = tinggi 2. 3. slim = langsing 4. 5. straight hair = rambut lurus 6. 7. short = pendek 8. 9. prominent nose = hidung mancung 10.
fat thin curly hair spectacles maiden name
= = = = =
gemuk kurus rambut keriting kacamata nama kecil
Variasi: The words above tell us about our appearance. Study other words which deal with your appearance. Find their meanings in your dictionary. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. slanted eyes = mata sipit 2. blond hair = rambut pirang 3. flat nose = hidung pesek 4. wavy hair = rambut bergelombang 5. bald = botak 6. chubby = gemuk (konotasi positif) Q.
● ●
1
4
Tell something about each person below. You may use the words in the box. big eyes prominent nose
● ●
2
5
long and straight hair long and blond hair
● ●
short and blond hair chubby
3
Pictures sources: ● Picture 1: http://daejanggeum.blogsome.com/ images/200510200koreastars.jpg (December 23, 2008) ● Picture 2: http://www.joy2day.com/fashion-andshowbiz/women-corner/hair-care/hair-styles/ short/images/big-as2.jpg (December 23, 2008) ● Picture 3: http://www.joy2day.com/children-corner/ babies-wallpapers/photo8.php (December 23, 2008) ● Picture 4: http://www.sxc.hu/pic/m/d/da/dafalias/ 313046_girl_with_long_blonde_hair.jpg ● Picture 5: http://bp3.blogger.com/_hzJVKDy85-g/ R0SFeUB4yuI/AAAAAAAAAM8/_NYQZY9jqAk/ s1600-h/nia.jpg (December 23, 2008)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
67
Jawaban: 1. The girl has long and straight hair. 2. The woman has short and blond hair. She also has a prominent nose. 3. The baby has big eyes and looks chubby. 4. The woman has long and blond hair. 5. The girl is tall and slim. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat menambah soal sebagai berikut. ● ●
wavy hair curly hair
● ●
prominent nose flat nose
1
2
4
5
● ●
slanted eyes big eyes
● ●
straight hair long hair
3
Jawaban: 1. He has a prominent nose. 2. He has a flat nose. 3. The kid has big eyes. 4. The man has slanted eyes. 5. The girl has straight long hair. R.
Look at the picture. Describe the person.
Picture source: http://coolblue.typepad.com/photos/memorial_day_2004/ clown.jpg (December 24, 2008)
68
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Contoh jawaban: The man is a clown. He is big and fat. His cheek is white and his hair is yellow blond. He has a big red nose. Variasi: Write an introduction based on each biodata below. 1.
2.
Name Age Country E-mail Hobbies Physical appearance
: : : : : :
Amanda 14 United Kingdom
[email protected] Reading, listening to pop music, hanging out with friends Tall, slim, wear glasses
Name Age Country E-mail Hobbies Physical appearance
: : : : : :
Pablo 11 Brazil
[email protected] Playing guitar, drawing (especially cartoon), correspondence Chubby, wear glasses, blond hair
Contoh jawaban: 1.
Hi! My name is Amanda. I’m 14 years old. I am tall and slim. I wear glasses. I speak only English. I can tell you about English learning if you like. I love reading, listening to music and hanging out with friends. Send your e-mail and 100% reply!
2.
Hi! I’m Pablo. I’m 11 years old. I want to have pen friends from around the world. I am good at playing guitar. I also love drawing cartoons and doing correspondence. About my appearance, people say that I’m chubby. I also have blond hair and wear glasses. I’m looking forward to your e-mail. Reply guarantee!
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
69
1.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Birthday Cards
Spoken Text Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. Ryan, mother is out today. You are allowed to eat the rice and fried chicken in the cupboard. The text is a spoken message. You can leave this message for somebody when you can't speak to him/her yourself. You may listen to such a message from a telephone machine.
Written Text Look at the card and read the sentences.
Source: http://www.greetingsyard.com/images/product/ open/ first-birthday-cards-1-3.jpg (December 18, 2008)
The card is a birthday card. You can send or give a birthday card to someone you love or you know well, of course on his/her birthday. Sometimes people also give a birthday gift along with the birthday card. On the card, you write something nice, especially your wish or pray for the birthday person.
70
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Answer the following questions. 1. 2. 3.
A.
Do you often receive a message? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What is it about? Contoh jawaban: It’s about studying together. Who sends it? Contoh jawaban: My friend does.
Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her.
Text 1 Nina, this is Aunt Ratna. I really want to see you all. Will you all be at home during holiday season? Text 2 Dear Joice, this is Daddy. I am going to have a meeting today. Maybe I will come home late today. Sorry about that. B.
Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.
Text 1 1. Who sends the message? Jawaban: Aunt Ratna does. 2. What is the relationship between Nina and Ratna? Jawaban: Ratna is Nina’s aunt or Nina is Ratna’s niece. 3. What does Ms. Ratna want to do? Jawaban: To see Nina and her family. Text 2 1. Who will be home late? Jawaban: Joice’s daddy. 2. Why is he late? Jawaban: Because he is going to have a meeting.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
71
Variasi: A.
Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Text 1 Anna, this is Tiara. May I borrow your dictionary? I need it to do my Engish homework. Text 2 Rahma, I’m Hendra. Are you free on Thursday? I’d like to go to the book fair with you. B.
Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.
Text 1 1. 2. 3.
Who sends the message? Jawaban: Tiara does. Whom is the message for? Jawaban: Anna. What does Tiara want to borrow? Jawaban: A dictionary.
Text 2 1. Who sends the message? Jawaban: Hendra does. 2. What does Hendra ask Rahma to do? Jawaban: To see a book fair with him. C.
Listen to your teacher. Then, complete the messages below.
Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Text 1 Dina, I am Ella. I am (1) interested in knowing more about Sandra, your (2) cousin. Would you (3) introduce me to her? Thank you. Text 2 Mrs. Lukman, this is Linda Gunawan. I have got (4) the bag you want to buy. You can (5) pick it up at my house anytime. Thanks. D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 72
State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task C. ______ ______ ______ ______ ______
Sandra is Ella’s cousin. Ella is interested in knowing more about Sandra. Mrs. Lukman sends the message to Ms. Linda Gunawan. Ms. Linda Gunawan has got the bag Mrs. Lukman wants to buy. Mrs. Lukman can pick the bag anytime.
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Jawaban: 1. F
2.
T
3.
F
4.
T
5.
T
Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
interested introduce have got pick up anytime
Jawaban: 1. c B.
B
2.
a. b. c. d. e. d
kapan saja memperoleh tertarik memperkenalkan mengambil 3.
b
4.
e
5.
a
Make sentences using the words in column A Task A.
Contoh jawaban: 1. My brother is interested in photography. 2. I want to introduce you to my sister. 3. My mother has got the blue bag. 4. Pick up your pen on the floor, please. 5. You can come to my house anytime.
A.
Read the messages aloud.
Text 1 Hello, Rina. It’s me Nia. I really want to see the football match this afternoon. Would you come with me? Text 2 Seno, this is Bambang speaking. I forgot to return Anna’s book entitled “Dreaming of Canada”. Would you do it for me, please? Thanks beforehand. B.
Answer the questions based on the texts in Task A.
Text 1 1. Who wants to see a football match? Jawaban: Nia does. 2. What does Nia want Rina to do? Jawaban: To accompany her to see a football match. Text 2 1. Who forgot to return a book? Jawaban: Bambang did.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
73
2. 3. C.
What is the title of the book? Jawaban: Dreaming of Canada. Who has the book? Jawaban: Anna does. Find the meanings of the words below. Then, make sentences using the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. entitled = yang berjudul 2. accompany = menemani 3. return = mengembalikan 4. really = sungguh-sungguh 5. dream = memimpikan Contoh jawaban: 1. I want to buy a novel entitled The Da Vinci Code. 2. Nina will accompany me to the mall. 3. You should return my book tomorrow. 4. I really like correspondence. 5. I dream to study overseas. D.
Write a message for a friend at school. Then, read your message aloud.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Lia, this is Rima. What is our assignment for tomorrow? 2. Dian, Mom and Dad are in Aunt Betty’s house. Please come here soon. We are waiting for you for dinner.
A.
Read the card aloud. What is it about?
Adapted from: http://www.cardsnscrolls.co.uk/images/large/ inside_birthday_funny.gif (December 18, 2008)
Jawaban: It’s a birthday card for Elly, from Sandy and John. 74
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Variasi: Read the texts with proper pronunciation. 1. A birthday wish with a friendly touch for someone who loves you very much.
HAPPY BIRTHDAY 2. Wishing you a birthday . . . . Blooming with happiness and wonderful moments! Happy Birthday
B.
Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. smile = tersenyum 2. laugh = tertawa 3. present = hadiah 4. happy = senang/selamat 5. love = cinta Variasi: A.
Read the texts with proper pronunciation.
Source: http://www.sendacard.com
Source: http://www.dgreetings.com
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
75
B.
Find the meanings of the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
extraordinary deserve joy especially pelase filled with moment everything wish special
= = = = = = = = = =
luar biasa berhak, layak kebahagiaan terutama, khususnya menyenangkan diisi dengan momen, peristiwa segalanya mengharapkan/mengucapkan selamat khusus
Complete the sentences with the words in Task B. It is good to ________ when we greet someone. We give Linda a nice ________ in her birthday. We ________ aloud when we hear the joke. On the Mother’s Day, we give our mom a bunch of flowers to express our ________. On January 1, we usually say, “Have a ________ New Year.”
Jawaban: 1. smile D.
2.
present
3.
laugh
4.
love
5.
happy
Read the card below. Is it for a girl, a boy or twins? How do you know?
Source: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_fortwins/1008016-01-1040.gif (December 18, 2008)
Jawaban: The card is for twins. We can see it from the phrases referring to twins, such as “twice”, “double” and “a pair of”. 76
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
E.
Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B. A
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B
twice laughter a wish loaded with goodies double hug joy a pair send
Jawaban: 1. b 6. g
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.
2. d 7. i
kehendak dua kali barang-barang tawa sepasang dipenuhi dengan lipat dua mengirim pelukan kegembiraan 3. a 8. j
4. f 9. e
5. c 10. h
A.
Complete the birthday card with the words in the box.
a. d.
special lots of
b. e.
surprises nicest
c.
Mother
Adapted from: http://img.123greetings.com/eventsnew/birth_momndad/ 1008-025-18-1069.gif (December 19, 2008)
Jawaban: 1. c
2.
a
3.
e
4.
b
5.
d
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
77
Variasi: Complete the birthday card below with the suitable words in the box. a. d.
clap forever
b. e.
smile gather
c.
sent
This card is being (1) ________ today. Just for you! People (2) ________ to sing, (3) ________ hands, laugh and (4) ________ They wish you happy (5) ________. May this birthday be the best that you have ever known. Jawaban: 1. c B.
2.
e
3.
a
4.
5.
d
Write a birthday card. Then, give it to someone you love on his/her birthday.
Contoh jawaban:
Source: http://muthuvedi.com/includes/images/ birthday-card.jpg (December 19, 2008)
78
b
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
Write down your family tree. Then, introduce yourself and your family members based on the family tree.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. aloud assignment born collect extraordinary fill intended interested
: : : : : : : :
keras/nyaring tugas lahir mengumpulkan luar biasa mengisi yang dituju tertarik
learn : may : neighbor : pen friend : principal : public transport : repeat : sender : shake hands : surprise : understand :
mempelajari semoga tetangga sahabat pena kepala sekolah angkutan umum menirukan pengirim berjabat tangan kejutan memahami, mengerti
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
79
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. It is the first lesson in the morning. You greet your teacher and say, “________” A. Good night, Ma’am. B. Morning, friend! C. Good morning, Ma’am. D. Hi! Jawaban: C Ketika bertemu guru pada pagi hari, sapaan yang paling tepat diucapkan adalah ”Good morning, Ma’am.”, bukan ”Morning, friend.” atau ”Hi.” karena sapaan tersebut diucapkan kepada teman atau orang sebaya. 2. The bell rings. It ends the school day. You say, “________” to your teacher. A. Good night, Sir. B. Have a nice day, Ma’am. C. Glad to see you here. D. Goodbye, Ma’am. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena ”Goodbye, Ma’am” dikatakan saat kita akan berpisah. 3. It’s 9 p.m. You want to go to bed. You say, “________” to your parents. A. Good evening, Mom, Dad. B. Good night, Mom, Dad. C. Bye, Mom, Dad. D. See you. Jawaban: B Pada malam hari ketika kamu akan pergi tidur, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan kepada orang tua adalah ”Good night, Mom, Dad.”. 4. Nia : I think I have to go now. See you. Amdan : ________ A. See you. B. How are you? C. Goodbye. D. Good night. Jawaban: A Jika seseorang akan berpisah dengan kita dan dia mengatakan ”See you.”, . . . respons yang tepat adalah ”See you.” pula. How are you? untuk menanyakan kabar. Goodbye dan Good night adalah ungkapan berpisah. 80
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
5. My name is Rika. I ________ a student. A. am B. is C. do D. does Jawaban: A Subjek ’I’ adalah orang pertama tunggal, sehingga be yang benar adalah am. 6. o This is his ________.
A. cheek B. chest C. shoulder D. forehead Jawaban: D Tanda panah menunjuk ke dahi orang dalam gambar. Dalam bahasa Inggris, dahi adalah forehead. Cheek artinya pipi, chest artinya dada, dan shoulder artinya bahu. 7. Riani
:
Husni, this is Nindya, my close friend. Nindya, this is Husni, my classmate. Nindya : Nice to meet you, Husni. Husni : ________. A. Nice to meet you, Nindya. B. See you, Nindya. C. How are you? D. I’m fine, thanks. Jawaban: A Respons yang tepat atas ucapan perkenalan ”Nice to meet you” adalah ”Nice to meet you” pula.
8. Agus : ________ Ketut : I live at Jalan Untung Suropati number 46 Bojonegoro. A. Where is it? B. Where do you live? C. Where is your school? D. Where does he live?
Jawaban: B Respons Ketut adalah ”I live at . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya tinggal di . . . .”. Pertanyaan yang tepat untuk respons ini adalah ”Where do you live?”. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk menanyakan letak benda, (C) untuk menanyakan alamat sekolah, dan (D) untuk menanyakan alamat seseorang (orang ketiga). 9. Emmy : ________ Wanda : I’m twelve years old. A. How old is she? B. How do you do? C. How old are you? D. How are you? Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I’m twelve years old.” yang artinya ”Saya berumur 12 tahun.”. Dari kalimat ini diketahui bahwa yang ditanyakan adalah umur lawan bicara (How old are you?).
Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan pernyataan pada kalimat kedua, ”I was born twelve years ago in a small town in Yogyakarta.” yang artinya ”Saya lahir 12 tahun yang lalu di kota kecil di Yogyakarta.”. 12. What is the text about? A. The description of the writer herself. C. The writer’s dream to be a musician. B. The description of Etik’s birthday. D. The writer’s birthday. Jawaban: A Bacaan ini mendeskripsikan tentang diri penulis sendiri. 13. The man’s hair is ________.
10. My father’s sister is my ________. A. uncle B. aunt C. mother D. niece Jawaban: B Saudara perempuan ayah disebut bibi (aunt). Uncle artinya paman, mother artinya ibu, dan niece artinya keponakan perempuan.
Picture source: http://www.joy2day.com (December 23, 2008)
A. long B. curly C. wavy D. straight Jawaban: B Orang dalam gambar itu berambut keriting (curly). Long artinya panjang, wavy artinya bergelombang, dan straight artinya lurus.
Read the text and answer questions 11 and 12. August the sixth is my birthday. I was born twelve years ago in a small town in Yogyakarta. My parents are Javanese and they are forty years old. They gave me the name “Etik”. My full name is Etik Sulistyowati. Usually my friends call me Etik. I have a slim body and short wavy hair. When I was ten years old, my father bought me a small guitar. Since then I have really loved music. I can play many kinds of songs, especially those for the young. I want to be a great musician in the future. That’s all the story of my life. Source: Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
11. How old is the writer? A. 6 years old. B. 10 years old. C. 12 years old. D. 40 years old.
14.
Good morning, friends. ________ My name’s Riana Agustina. Call me Ririn. The correct expression to complete the introduction is ________ A. Nice to meet you. B. How do you do? C. Who are you? D. Let me introduce myself. Jawaban: D Dari kalimat selanjutnya yang artinya ”Nama saya Riana Agustina.”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut tentang memperkenalkan diri sendiri. Oleh karena itu, kalimat yang tepat mengawali
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
81
perkenalan adalah ”Let me introduce myself” yang artinya ”Izinkan saya memperkenalkan diri.”. 15. Nanda : Look! ________ are my pens. I bought them yesterday. Nani : Wow! So pretty! A. It B. Its C. This D. These Jawaban: D Kata ’pens’ (pena-pena) adalah benda jamak (plural noun), sehingga kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah kata ’These’. 16. Anton is tall, but Rina is ________. A. beautiful B. clever C. short D. fat Jawaban: C Kata ’but’ yang artinya ’tetapi’ menunjukkan bahwa dalam kalimat tersebut ada dua hal yang berlawanan. Lawan kata dari ’tall’ (tinggi) adalah ’short’ (pendek). For questions 17 and 18, choose the correct words to complete the following text.
Jawaban: B Karena ’uncle’ adalah kata benda hidup tunggal, kalimat tersebut tepat dilengkapi dengan ’this’. Pilihan jawaban (A) walau mengacu pada kata benda tunggal, merupakan kata ganti untuk benda, bukan manusia. Pilihan jawaban (C) dan (D) merupakan kata ganti untuk benda jamak. 18. A. small B. flat C. long D. prominent Jawaban: D Orang dalam gambar memiliki hidung mancung (a prominent nose). 19. Ronald, after you have dinner, please give the letter on the table to Aunt Diana. Thanks. Mother What should Ronald do? A. Have dinner. B. Meet Aunt Diana. C. Give the letter to Aunt Diana. D. Give the letter to his mother. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . . please give the letter on the table to Aunt Diana” yang artinya ”. . . tolong berikan surat ini kepada Bibi Diana.”. 20. have–a–happy–very–dear–birthday–mother 1
Hi, friend, (17) ________ is my uncle, Herman. He has black hair and a (18) ________ nose. 17. A. B. C. D.
82
it this these they
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
2
3
4
5
6
7
The correct arrangement is ________. A. 1–3–6–5–7–2–4 B. 3–6–5–7–1–2–4 C. 5–3–6–1–2–4–3 D. 5–7–1–2–4–3–6 Jawaban: D Urutan kata yang tepat adalah ”Dear Mother, have a very happy birthday” yang artinya ”Ibu tersayang, selamat ulang tahun.”.
B.
Complete the sentences based on the family tree.
Mr. Hartawan
+
Ronald + Vina
Henky
Rico
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Mrs. Hartawan
Eddy + Shinta Setyawan
Lia
Carol
Rico’s grandma is ________. Vina’s husband is ________. Henky’s younger brother is ________. Lia is Ronald’s ________. Carol is Ronald’s ________. Eddy is Mrs Hartawan’s ________. Rico is Mr. Hartawan’s ________. Shinta is Henky’s ________. Henky is Lia’s ________. Rico is Lia’s ________.
Jawaban: 1. Mrs. Hartawan 3. Setyawan 5. daughter 7. grandson 9. uncle
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Write down the antonyms of the words. short tall fat flat nose curly hair
>< >< >< >< ><
Jawaban: 1. long 4. prominent D.
________ ________ ________ ________ ________
2. 5.
short straight
3.
thin
Create a birthday card for your sister/ brother.
Contoh jawaban:
Ronald niece son sister-in-law cousin
Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/ BirthdayCard-Kelly-2005-env~.jpg (December 18, 2008)
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
83
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Teacher : Good morning, students. Students : ________. A. Morning, teacher B. Good morning, Sir C. See you again D. Nice to meet you 2. It is 7 p.m. You arrive at your friend’s house. You greet his/her parents, “________.” A. Good afternoon B. Good evening C. Good night D. Have a good day 3. Donny : Hi, Ema. Ema : Hi, Donny. ________ Donny : Very well, thanks. A. Good morning. B. Nice to see you. C. How are things? D. What is your name? For questions 4 and 5, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Arni : Morning. My name is Arni. (4) ________ Tito : Morning. My name is Tito. Arni : Are you in class VIIB? Tito : (5) ________ I am in class VIIC. 4. A. How are you? B. What is your name? C. Where do you live? D. Are you a new student? 5. A. Yes, I am. B. In class VIIC. C. No, I am not. D. No, I do not. 6. Rano : Andi, this is Bayu. Bayu, this is Andi. Andi : Nice to meet you, Bayu. Bayu : ________ A. Hello, Andi. B. How are you? C. See you tomorrow, Andi. D. Nice to meet you too, Andi. 7. 1. I was born in 1997. 2. My name is Idawati Sadikin. 3. You can call me Ida. 4. So, I am twelve years old now. 5. Let me introduce myself. 84
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
The correct order of the sentences is ________. A. 5–1–3–2–4 B. 5–2–3–1–4 C. 5–2–3–4–1 D. 5–3–2–1–4 8. Look at the picture. The man has ________ eyes.
Picture source: http://daejang geum.blogsome.com/images/ 200510200koreastars.jpg (December 22, 2008)
A. big B. small C. beautiful D. slanted 9. Hello, I am Shinta Ayundari. I am twelve years old now. This is my cousin, Hendra. He is also twelve years old. We study in the same school. Who is Hendra? A. He is Shinta’s brother. B. He is Shinta’s cousin. C. He is Shinta’s nephew. D. He is Shinta’s classmate. 10. Hi. I am Jeffry Candra. I live at jalan Majapahit 2 Surakarta. I am 12 years old now. Susan is my ________. She is 14 years old. A. mother B. aunt C. elder sister D. younger sister 11 ________ Anton your classmate? A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Do 12. _______
Oh, it is my drawing book.
What does the boy say? A. What is this? B. What is that? C. What are these? D. What are those? 13. ”My sister is quite tall, about 162 cm.” The antonym of the underlined word is ________. A. C.
high short
B. D.
21.
o
fat big
14.
o
This is his ________. A. heel B. C. leg D.
Read the family tree and answer questions 22 and 23. Mr. Dani + Mrs. Dani
This is Via’s ________. A. chin B. cheek C. face D. lip Read the text and answer questions 15 to 17. Hello, I am Ivan Setyawan. My friends call me Ivan or Wawan. I live at jalan Simpang Lima 12. I am 13 years old now. About my appearance, I am tall and thin. I am in the first grade of SMPN IV. My house is near my school. So, I always walk to school. 15. How old is Ivan? He is ________ years old. A. eleven B. twelve C. thirteen D. fourteen 16. How does Ivan go to school? A. By car. B. By bus. C. On foot. D. By bike. 17. How does Ivan look like? A. He is tall and fat. B. He is tall and thin. C. He is short and thin. D. He is short and fat. 18. Everytime Jennifer smiles, you can see her white ________. A. nail B. hair C. eyes D. teeth 19. Tia : ________ Mira : I live on Jalan Manokwari. A. Where is it? B. Where do you live? C. Where is your school? D. Where does he live? 20. The children ________ Mr. Sanusi’s sons. A. is B. am C. do D. are
foot toe
Irwan + Anna Bayu
Kartika
Sisca 22. Sisca is Bayu’s ________. A. cousin B. niece C. nephew D. daughter 23. Anna is Kartika’s ________. A. sister B. cousin C. sister-in-law D. mother-in-law Read the text and answer questions 24 and 25. Hi, I’m Irwan. Let me tell you about my father. Well, his name is Mr. Andrew. He is a doctor. He is 45 years old. He is tall and not so fat. He also wears glasses. He likes eating fried rice very much. 24. What does Irwan’s father do? A. He is tall. B. He wears glasses. C. He is a doctor. D. He is a teacher. 25. What is TRUE about Mr. Andrew? A. He is fat. B. He is tall. C. He likes fried chicken. D. He is fourty years old. 26.
Tasya, mother is having a meeting until about 9 p.m. If Aunt Cathy comes, please buy her some food for dinner. Thanks.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
85
What should Tasya do? A. Wait for her mother. B. Buy Aunt Cathy some food for dinner. C. Make her own dinner. D. Buy her mother food for dinner. 27.
Grandma, this is Mirna. Sorry, I’ll be home late because I will visit a friend in hospital. Thanks.
Who will visit a friend in hospital? A. Mirna will. B. Grandma will. C. Mirna and Grandma will. D. Mirna’s friends will. 28. “This little girl look so cute and chubby.” What is the synonym of the underlined word?” A. Fat. B. Slim. C. Short. D. Thin. Read the card and answer questions 29 and 30.
Source: http://www.okiedee.com/Card%20Images/ BirthdayCard%20for%20Rachel-2005-Inside.jpg (December 18, 2008)
29. Who may send the card? A. Parents. B. Friends. C. Grandparents. D. Brothers and sisters. 30. How old is Rachel? She is ________ years old. A. one B. two C. three D. four
86
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
B.
Read the text and answer the questions.
Hello, everyone! This is my friend Marimar. She comes from Sulawesi. She was born in Makassar on June 12, 1995. Her hobbies are singing and swimming. She also likes planting flowers very much. She lives at Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A. She lives together with her parents and two sisters. They are Mr. and Mrs. Yudhatama, Sherina and Marshanda. Marimar studies in SMP 7. Her older sister is in the first year of senior high school, and Marshanda is still in elementary school. They all love one another. Questions: 1. How old is Marimar? 2. Where does she come from? 3. What is her address? 4. How many people are there in Marimar's family? Who are they? 5. What does Marimar do in her spare time?
Jawaban Review Unit 1 A.
10. C.
Pilihan Ganda
1. B.
2. B.
3. C.
4. B.
5. C.
6. D. 7. B.
8. D. 9. B.
Respons yang tepat jika seorang guru (laki-laki) mengucapkan salam ”Good morning, students.” adalah ”Good morning, Sir”. Salam ”Morning, teacher.” tidak sopan diucapkan kepada guru. Pada pukul 7 petang, salam yang tepat kita ucapkan ketika datang bertamu adalah ”Good evening.” yang artinya ”Selamat petang.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Donny, ”Very well, thanks.” yang artinya ”Sangat baik, terima kasih.”. Berdasarkan respons Donny tersebut kalimat yang dikatakan Ema sebelumnya adalah kalimat untuk menanyakan kabar (How are the things?). Karena jawaban Tito untuk pertanyaan Arni adalah ”My name is Tito”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa pertanyaan Arni adalah ”What is your name?” yang artinya ”Siapakah namamu?”. Pertanyaan dengan ”Are you . . . ?” tepat dijawab dengan ”Yes, I am” atau ”No, I’m not.”. Karena Tito tidak duduk di kelas VIIB, tetapi VIIC, jawabannya adalah ”No, I’m not.” yang artinya ”Tidak.”. Jika seseorang mengatakan ”Nice to meet you”, hendaknya kita menjawab dengan ”Nice to meet you too” pula. Kalimat-kalimat tersebut adalah ungkapan perkenalan, yang dimulai dengan ”Let me introduce myself” yang artinya ”Izinkan saya memperkenalkan diri” (5), dilanjutkan dengan nama lengkap (2), nama panggilan (3), tanggal lahir (1), dan usia sesuai dengan tanggal lahir (4). Pria itu bermata sipit. Sipit dalam bahasa Inggris disebut slanted. Dalam teks tersebut Shinta memperkenalkan Hendra dengan mengatakan, ”This is my cousin, Hendra.” yang artinya ”Ini adalah saudara sepupu saya, Hendra.”.
11. B. 12. A.
13. C. 14. A. 15. C.
16. C. 17. B. 18. D. 19. B.
20. D. 21. A. 22. B.
23. C.
Dalam teks tertulis bahwa Jeffry berusia 12 tahun, sedangkan Susan berusia 14 tahun. Dengan demikian, Susan adalah kakak perempuannya (elder sister). Karena Anton merupakan orang ketiga tunggal, be yang tepat melengkapi kalimat tanya tersebut adalah ’is’. Karena buku yang dimaksud siswa hanya ada satu dan berada dekat darinya, kata penunjuk yang tepat digunakan adalah ’this’. Lawan kata ’tall’ yang artinya ’tinggi’ adalah short yang artinya pendek. Gambar tersebut menunjuk pada bagian dagu (chin) anak tersebut. Dalam teks dikatakan ”I am 13 years old now.” yang artinya ”Saya berumur 13 tahun sekarang.”. Eleven artinya 11, twelve artinya12, fourteen artinya 14. Kalimat terakhir teks menyatakan bahwa Ivan pergi ke sekolah dengan berjalan kaki (on foot). Dalam teks tersebut Ivan mengatakan, ”I am tall and thin” yang artinya ”Saya tinggi dan kurus.”. Yang berwarna putih dan terlihat saat tersenyum adalah gigi (teeth). Kalimat responsnya berupa alamat seseorang. Hal ini berarti ungkapan sebelumnya adalah menanyakan tempat tinggal. Karena yang ditanyakan adalah alamat lawan bicara, subjek memakai pronoun ’you’ (Where do you live?). Karena ’children’ berbentuk kata benda jamak, be yang tepat digunakan adalah are. Gambar tersebut menunjukkan tumit (heel) orang tersebut. Dari pohon keluarga tersebut terlihat bahwa Sisca adalah keponakan perempuan (niece) Bayu. Cousin artinya sepupu, nephew artinya keponakan laki-laki, dan daughter artinya anak perempuan. Dari pohon keluarga terlihat bahwa Anna adalah istri Irwan, saudara Kartika. Jadi, Anna adalah saudara ipar perempuan (sister-in-law) Kartika.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
87
24. C.
25. B. 26. B.
27. A.
28. A.
88
Pertanyaan ”What does Irwan’s father do?” menanyakan pekerjaan ayah Irwan. Dalam teks tersebut Irwan mengatakan bahwa ayahnya adalah seorang dokter (He is a doctor). Pernyataan ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat, ”He is tall . . . .” yang artinya ”Beliau tinggi . . . .”. Jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”If Aunt Cathy comes, please buy her some food for dinner.” yang artinya ”Jika Bibi Cathy datang, tolong belikan dia makan malam.”. Teks tersebut menyebutkan, ” . . . this is Mirna . . . . I will visit a friend in hospital.” yang artinya ” . . . ini Mirna . . . . saya akan menjenguk teman di rumah sakit.”. Jadi, yang akan menjenguk teman yang sakit adalah Mirna. Kata ’chubby’ artinya ’gemuk’. Kata ini sama artinya dengan ’fat’.
UNIT 1 Hi, I’m Silvana
29. C.
30. B.
Dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat ” . . . to our sweet granddaughter Rachel . . . .” yang artinya ” . . . untuk cucu perempuan kami yang manis, Rachel . . . .”. Dapat disimpulkan bahwa pengirim surat adalah kakek nenek (grandparents). Kalimat awal teks adalah ”Happy 2 birthday . . . .”. yang artinya ”Selamat ulang tahun kedua . . . .". Jadi, Rachel berumur dua (two) tahun.
B.
Uraian
1. 2. 3. 4.
She is fourteen years old now (2009–1995). She comes from Sulawesi. It is Jalan Sisingamangaraja 15A. There are 5 people. They are father (Mr. Yudhatama), mother (Mrs. Yudhatama) Marimar, Sherina and Marshanda. She likes singing, swimming, and planting flowers.
5.
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask someone to do something, 2. ask someone not to do something, 3. create short functional texts (spoken notices), 4. write short functional texts (written notices), and 5. use articles, there is/there are, cardinal numbers, prepositions and question word ‘how many’ correctly.
Suppose you have a pen friend from abroad. At one occasion, he/ she may do something risky. You know it is dangerous. So, you have to remind him/her not to do it. What should you say? Well, in this unit you will learn about asking someone to do or not to do something. Last but not least, you know what to say to ask someone to do or not to do something properly.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
89
2.1 Expressions
Asking Someone to Do Something Read the dialog and understand the expressions. Please give this invitation to Mrs. Herman. Right away, Mom.
The bold-typed sentence in the dialog above is the expression of asking someone to do something. This kind of sentence is preceded by a verb base, such as open, come, go, sit, clean, prepare, etc. Use “please” when you ask someone to do something. This means you ask him/her politely. Then, say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when he/she has done your instructions. Here are some other expressions of asking someone to do something and their responses. Responding
Asking Someone to Do Something Open your book on page 1, please. Read the sentence, please. Please write down your name. Please lend me your dictionary. Take me to the sick bay, please. Show me your member card, please.
Yes, Sir. O.K. Sure. Right away. No problem. Here you are.
Asking Someone not to Do Something Read the dialog and understand the expressions. Hey, don’t sit on the chair! Why is that?
I saw a caterpillar there.
90
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
The bold-typed sentence in the dialog is the expression of asking someone not to do something (a prohibition). The sentence is preceded by the word don’t and followed by a verb base. Here are some other expressions of asking someone not to do something and their responses. Asking Someone not to Do Something Don’t talk, please. Don’t litter, please. Don’t use the calculator, please. Please don’t pick the flower. Please don’t sit there. Please don’t close the window.
Responding Yes, Ma’am. I don’t. O.K. All right. Sure. No problem.
Grammar Section Articles: a, an, the Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words. 1.
2.
Ardi : Do you have any pets? Leo : Yeah. I have a parrot, two rabbits and some hamsters. Ardi : Which is your favorite one? Leo : The parrot is. Father : Get me an umbrella, dear. Widya : The blue or the gray one, Dad? Father : The blue one, please. Widya : Right away. Father : Thanks. Widya : Anytime, Dad.
Look at the bold-typed words in dialog 1, a parrot and the parrot. A and the are called articles. You use a to show something in general or unspecified object. The word a is followed by a word that begins with a consonant sound, such as blackboard, pen, book, friend, house, unique, etc. You use the to show a specific object. In dialog 2, you use articles in the words an umbrella and the blue one. Like the article a, an is also used to show one unspecified object. However, the word an is followed by a word that begins with a vowel sound, such as apple, eraser, onion, hour, etc.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
91
There is/There are Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words. Ulfa, please tell me the things in your bag. What else?
There are four books and a pencil case in my bag, Sir.
There is a dictionary. O.K.
There is/There are in Indonesian means ada. There is is followed by singular nouns while There are is followed by plural nouns. The words a pencil case and a dictionary are singular nouns. Singular means only one. The word books is a plural noun. Plural means more than one (two, three, four and so on). We usually add -s/-es at the end of the words to make plural nouns. Please pay attention that plural nouns are not always ended with -s/-es. Some of them are irregular, such as men, women, children, geese, deer and fish. In negative sentences, remember to put the word not after the word is or are (There is not/ There are not or There isn’t/There aren’t). Put the word is or are in the beginning of sentences when you make interrogative sentences (Is there . . .?/Are there . . .?). Study the following patterns. (+) There + is + singular noun There + are + plural noun (–) There + is not (isn’t) + singular noun There + are not (aren’t) + plural noun (?) Is + there + singular noun + adverb of place? Is + there + plural noun + adverb of place? Examples: 1. There are six windows in my classroom. 2. There isn’t an air conditioner in my classroom. 3. Are there blackboards in your classroom?
92
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Cardinal Numbers Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed word. Do you want some cakes?
Yes. I’ll take one. Thank you.
The word one is a cardinal number. Here are some cardinal numbers from 1 to 40. 1 one
2 two
3 three
4 four
5 five
6 six
7 seven
8 eight
9 nine
10 ten
11 eleven
12 twelve
13 thirteen
14 fourteen
15 fifteen
16 sixteen
17 seventeen
18 eighteen
19 nineteen
20 twenty
21 twenty one
30 thirty
32 thirty two
40 forty
Prepositions: in, at, on, behind, near, beside, in front of, under, above Read the text and understand the explanation. This is my classroom. There are forty students in my classroom. I sit beside Bonny. Septi and Yuli are in front of me. Indah and Yuni are behind me. Look! Ms. Anita is at the front. She is our homeroom teacher. She is writing something on the whiteboard. We are going to have a Geography class. There is already a map on the wall. My classroom is near a canteen. It is sometimes very noisy. However, we are happy to study in it.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
93
The words in, beside, in front of, behind, at, on and near are prepositions. We use prepositions to show where someone or something is located. ● In in Indonesian means di dalam. ● At means di (for example: at home, at the front). ● On means di atas or di (for example: on the table, on the wall). ● Behind means di belakang. ● Near means di dekat. ● Beside means di sebelah. ● In front of means di depan. ● Under means di bawah. ● Above means di atas (menggantung di atas sesuatu). ● Between means di antara (two things). How Many Read the dialog and understand the bold-typed words. How many ballpoints do you have?
Four.
Lend me one, please. Here you are.
We use How many to ask about numbers or the quantity of countable nouns. To answer the questions with How many, we can use There is or There are. Patterns:
How many + nouns + be + . . . ?
We usually answer it with:
There + be + number + noun(s)
Note: o We use “There is” for singular nouns. o We use “There are” for plural nouns. Examples: 1. 2. 3.
94
Tina Luki Heny Rosa Ervan Ria
: : : : : :
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
How many desks are there in our classroom? There are thirty five desks. How many blackboards are there in our classroom? There is only one. How many people are there in the car? There are four people.
Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
A.
What expressions have you learned in Unit 1? Contoh jawaban: The expressions of greetings and introducing ourselves and other people. What do you say to greet your teacher in the morning? Contoh jawaban: I say, “Good morning, Sir/Ma’am.” What do you say when you leave your classmate? Contoh jawaban: I say, “Goodbye” or “See you.” What do you say to introduce yourself to a new friend? Contoh jawaban: I say, “My name is Adrian. What is your name?” What do you say to introduce your friend to your parents? Contoh jawaban: I say, “Dad/Mom, this is Mita, my friend.”
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs while you are listening to him/her.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Mr. Aji : Bayu : Mr. Aji : Bayu : Mr. Aji : Students :
You will have a new classmate. His name is Bayu. Bayu, please (1) come forward. Yes, Sir. Please (2) introduce yourself. All right, Sir. O.K., everyone. Please pay (3) attention to Bayu. O.K.
Dialog 2 Mrs. Wijaya : Listy : Mrs. Wijaya : Listy : Mrs. Wijaya : Dialog 3 Danang : Panji : Danang : Panji : Danang :
Listy, are you (4) busy now? Not really, Mom. What’s up? (5) Buy me some cooking oil, please. (6) Right away, Mom. Good girl.
Hey, don’t (7) touch the fence! Why? The paint is (8) wet. Oh, thanks. Anytime.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
95
Dialog 4 Mrs. Rosa Fajar Mrs. Rosa Fajar Mrs. Rosa Fajar B.
: : : : : :
Fajar, come here, please. Yes, Ma’am. What can I do for you? (9) Bring me these workbooks to the teacher room, please. (10) Sure, Ma’am. Thank you very much. You are welcome.
Find the meanings of the words or phrases below.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. come forward = maju ke depan 2. pay attention = memperhatikan 3. busy = sibuk 4. cooking oil = minyak goreng 5. touch = menyentuh 6. fence = pagar 7. paint = cat 8. wet = basah 9. workbook = buku tugas 10. teacher room = ruang guru C.
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1 1. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban: In a classroom. 2. What is Bayu going to do? Jawaban: He is going to introduce himself. 3. What does Mr. Aji ask the students to do? Jawaban: He asks the students to pay attention to Bayu. Dialog 2 1. What is the relationship between the speakers? Jawaban: Mother and her daughter. 2. What does Mrs. Wijaya ask Listy to do? Jawaban: She asks Listy to buy her some cooking oil. 3. Does Listy do the instruction? How do you know? Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, “Right away, Mom.” Dialog 3 1. What will Panji touch? Jawaban: A fence. 2. Why does Danang forbid Panji to touch the fence? Jawaban: Because the paint is wet. Dialog 4 1. What do you think the relationship between the speakers is? Jawaban: Teacher and student. 2. Where will Fajar bring the workbooks? Jawaban: To the teacher room.
96
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
D.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the sentences below based on what you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. E.
Put your book on your desk. Please open your book. Please copy the sentences. Draw a line, please. Submit your work, please. Don’t stand at the door. Don’t come late, please. Don’t make a noise in the class. Don’t make the wall dirty. Don’t play in the class. Find the meanings of the sentences in Task D in Indonesian.
Jawaban: 1. Letakkan bukumu di atas mejamu. 3. Salinlah kalimat-kalimat ini. 5. Kumpulkan pekerjaan kalian. 7. Jangan datang terlambat. 9. Jangan mengotori tembok. F.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Father : Rita, make me a cup of coffee, please. Rita : Right away, Dad. Father : Thanks. 1.
Bukalah bukumu. Gambarlah sebuah garis. Jangan berdiri di pintu. Jangan ribut/berisik di kelas. Jangan bermain di dalam kelas.
What is the relationship between the speakers? A. Two friends. B. Two teachers. C. Teacher and student. D. Father and his daughter. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan, pembicara kedua (Rita) menjawab dengan sebutan ”Dad” yang artinya ”Ayah”. Jadi, hubungan antar pembicara adalah ayah dan anak perempuannya (father and his daughter).
2.
What will the girl do? A. Buy a cup of coffee. B. Make a cup of coffee. C. Order a cup of coffee. D. Look for coffee. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan, pembicara pertama (father) mengatakan, ”Rita, make me a cup of coffee, please.” yang artinya ”Rita, tolong buatkan secangkir kopi.”. Kalimat tersebut dijawab dengan ”Right away, Dad.” yang artinya ”Segera, Ayah.”. Itu menunjukkan bahwa gadis tersebut akan membuatkan secangkir kopi.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
97
Listen to the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
4.
Where will the boy go? A. To his friend’s house. B. To school. C. To the English course. D. To the zoo. Jawaban: C Anak laki-laki tersebut mengatakan ”Mom, I’ll go to the English course now.” yang artinya ”Bu, saya akan pergi ke tempat kursus bahasa Inggris sekarang.”. Jadi, anak tersebut akan pergi ke tempat kursus Bahasa Inggris, bukan ke (A) rumah temannya, (B) sekolah, atau (D) kebun binatang.
5.
What does the boy bring with him? A. An umbrella. B. A raincoat. C. A jacket. D. A hat. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan ibu berkata, ”Don’t forget to bring your raincoat, dear.”. Anak laki-laki tersebut menjawab, ”I don’t, Mom.”. Jadi, anak laki-laki tersebut membawa raincoat (jas hujan).
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Tommy : Mom, I’ll go to the English course now. Mother : O.K. Don’t forget to bring your raincoat, dear. Tommy : I don’t, Mom. Mother : Good. Take care. Tommy : I will. Bye, Mom. Mother : Bye, dear. 3.
A.
Where do you think the dialog takes place? A. At home. B. In a classroom. C. In a bookshop. D. In a restaurant. Jawaban: A Percakapan tersebut tentang seorang anak laki-laki yang berpamitan kepada ibunya, sebelum pergi ke tempat kursus bahasa Inggris. Hal itu menunjukkan bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di rumah (at home).
Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the boxes.
Dialog 1 ●
take out
Mr. Sanusi Galih Mr. Sanusi Galih Mr. Sanusi Students
: : : : : :
●
open
●
clean
Galih, (1) ________ the blackboard, please. Yes, Sir. Thank you. You are welcome. O.K. Now, students, please (2) ________ your math textbooks and (3) ________ page 10. Yes, Sir.
Dialog 2 ●
Lia : Uci : Lia : Uci : Lia : Uci : 98
call
●
feed
●
ask
●
wrong
Oh, gosh! What’s (4) ________? I forgot to (5) ________ my cat this morning. I was in a hurry. Um . . . (6) ________ your brother and (7) ________ him to feed your cat. Good idea. Thanks. You are welcome.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Dialog 3 ●
look
●
corner
put
●
Rio
: Excuse me, Ma’am. I’m Rio, Mr. Andi’s student. I want to (8) ________ these workbooks on his desk. Can you tell me where his desk is? Mrs. Linda : Sure. Um . . . (9) ________ over there! His desk is in the (10) ________ of this room. Rio : O.K. Thanks for your help, Ma’am. Mrs. Linda : You are welcome. Jawaban: 1. clean 6. call B.
2. take out 7. ask
3. open 8. put
4. wrong 9. look
5. feed 10. corner
Find the meanings of the words below.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. prepare = mempersiapkan/menyiapkan 2. feed = memberi makan 3. call = menelepon 4. corner = pojok 5. desk = meja C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Complete the sentences with the words in Task B. ________ me when you need help. There is a nice aquarium in the ________ of my living room. Visitors are not allowed to ________ the animals in the zoo. There is a set of computer on the ________. Students ________ themselves for the mid-examination.
Jawaban: 1. Call D.
2.
corner
3.
feed
4.
desk
5.
prepare
State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in Task A. Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1 1. ______ 2. ______ 3. ______ Dialog 2 4. ______ 5. ______ 6. ______ 7. ______ Dialog 3 8. ______ 9. ______ 10. ______
The dialog takes place in a library. Galih is going to clean the blackboard. Mr. Sanusi asks his students to close their books. Uci has a cat. Uci asks Lia to call her brother. The two girls are friends. Lia will ask her mother to feed the cat. The dialog takes place in a classroom. Rio is a student. Rio is going to meet Mr. Andi.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
99
Jawaban: 1. F. The dialog takes place in a classroom. 2. T 3. F. Mr. Sanusi asks his students to open their books. 4. F. Lia is the one who has a cat. 5. T 6. T 7. F. Lia will ask her brother to feed the cat. 8. F. The dialog takes place in a teacher room. 9. T 10. F. Rio is going to put the workbooks on Mr. Andi’s desk. Variasi: Complete the dialogs with the correct words in the box. a. d.
Get Let
b. e.
Turn it off Listen
c.
Don’t sit
Dialog 1 Tiwi : Wulan : Tiwi : Wulan : Tiwi :
Look out! What’s up? (1) ________ on the chair. The paint is still wet. Oh, thanks. Anytime.
Dialog 2 Mother : Dina : Mother : Dina :
(2) ________! The tap is running. You’re right, Mom. (3) ________, please. On my way.
Dialog 3 Mother : Virna : Mother : Virna : Mother : Virna :
Who is the girl in the verandah? She’s Mila, my classmate. (4) ________ her in. O.K., Mom. (5) ________ her some drink and cookies. Right away.
Jawaban: 1. c E.
2.
e
3.
b
4.
d
5.
a
Rearrange the sentences below into proper dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban: Dialog 1 3 Mother : Sure. Remember, lock the door. Don’t let any strangers come in. 2
Yudi
1
Mother : Yudi, I will go to the market. Please stay at home, O.K.?
4
Yudi
100
: O.K. Buy me some snacks, please. : All right. Don’t worry, Mom.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Dialog 2 3 Maya
: O.K. Thanks for your information.
4
Librarian: My pleasure.
1
Maya
2
Librarian : Um . . . . go along this aisle and turn right. You will find a notice saying “Fiction Section”.
: Excuse me, Miss. Can you tell me where the fiction section is?
Variasi: Find the meanings of the words below. Then, make sentences using the words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. stranger = orang asing 2. stay = tinggal 3. fiction = fiksi 4. aisle = lorong, gang, jalanan di antara dua tempat duduk 5. turn right = belok kanan Contoh jawaban: 1. Don’t trust any strangers. 2. It is raining heavily. Please stay at home. 3. I like reading a fiction story. 4. There are three aisles in my library. 5. If you meet a junction, turn right and walk for about 100 meters. F.
Answer the questions based on the proper dialogs in Task E.
Dialog 1 1. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: It takes place at home. 2. Where will mother go? Jawaban: To the market. 3. What does Yudi ask his mother to do? Jawaban: To buy him some snacks. 4. What does mother ask Yudi not to do? Jawaban: She asks Yudi not to let any strangers come in. Dialog 2 1. Where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In a library. 2. Where is Maya going to go? Jawaban: To the fiction section. 3. What will Maya find after she has walked along the aisle and turned right? Jawaban: A notice saying “Fiction Section”.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
101
Variasi: A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog. Percakapan soal dan jawaban: 5
Naura : Great!
2
Mita
1
Naura : Look at the sky! Cloudy, isn’t it? I think it is going to rain.
4
Mita
3
Naura : Oh, no . . . it’s raining.
: I think so too. : Don’t worry, I bring an umbrella.
B.
Answer the following questions based on the proper dialog in Task A.
1.
How is the sky? Jawaban: It is cloudy. What happens then? Jawaban: It’s raining. Why does Mita ask Naura not to worry? Jawaban: Because she brings an umbrella.
2. 3.
G.
1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
Read the instructions below. Match them with the correct pictures.
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
Sweep the floor, please. Don’t litter, please. Read the book, please. Mop the floor, please. Don’t walk on the grass, please.
Jawaban: 1. e 6. b
102
2. j 7. g
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
3. a 8. f
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
Clean the table, please. Wash the dishes, please. Don’t pick up the flower, please. Water the plant, please. Don’t touch the socket, please.
4. h 9. c
5. i 10. d
H.
Ask and answer questions about the things below with your friends. Use “How many” and “There is/There are”. See the example.
Example: Books in the bag. You : How many books are there in your bag? Your friend : There are six books. 1. Chairs in the classroom. 2. Windows in the classroom. 3. Students in the classroom. 4. Pencils in the pencil case. 5. Pictures on the wall. Contoh jawaban: 1. You : How many chairs are there in our classroom? Your friend : There are thirty eight chairs. 2. Your friend : How many windows are there in our classroom? You : There are six windows. 3. You : How many students are there in our classroom? Your friend : There are thirty six students. 4. Your friend : How many pencils are there in your pencil case? You : There are two pencils in my pencil case. 5. You : How many pictures are there on the wall? Your friend : There are three pictures. Variasi: Complete the sentences below with ‘is’ or ‘are’. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
There ________ a volleyball court in my school. Look! There ________ five cows in the field. ________ there anyone in the toilet? ________ there many animals in the zoo? There ________ not five people in the living room. There are only four.
Jawaban: 1. is I. Rina Tria Rina Tria Rina Tria Rina
2.
are
3.
Is
4.
Are
5.
are
Complete the sentences with ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’. : : : : : : :
Oh no, it’s raining. Don’t worry. We can go home together. I bring ________ umbrella. But I need to go to ________ bookstore. I want to buy ________ book about making craft. What a coincidence! I want to go there too. I need some stationery. That’s good! Let’s go together, then. Sure. But, first we need to find ________ bus. Let’s go to ________ bus stop. Let’s.
Jawaban: 1. an
2.
a
3.
a
4.
a
5.
the
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
103
Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan latihan lain sebagai berikut. 1. Look! ________ green car over there is mine. 2. I have ________ brother and two sisters. 3. Mr. Arso is ________ good teacher. We like him. 4. There is ________ eagle in the cage. 5. There are two rulers on my desk. ________ longer one is not mine. Jawaban: 1. The
J.
2.
a
a
4.
2
There is a ball under the table.
o
___________________
5.
The
3
___________________
5
o
___________________
Jawaban: 2. There is a clock on the wall. 3. There are two cups on the table. 4. There is a bookshelf near the desk. 5. There is a dictionary between the bags. 6. There are some fish in the aquarium.
104
an
Make sentences based on the pictures. Use proper prepositions. Number one has been done for you.
1
4
3.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
___________________
6
___________________
K.
Ask your friend sitting next to you to do the actions and give responses. Do it in turns.
Example: Get me a ruler, please. o You may say, “Get me a ruler, please.” Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a ruler for you. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Stand up, please. Please sit down. Raise your hand, please. Get me an eraser, please. Get me a dictionary, please.
Contoh jawaban: 1. You say, “Stand up, please.” Your friend responds, “All right.”, then he/she stands up. 2. Your friend says, “Please sit down.” You respond, “Thank you.”, and then he/she sits down. 3. You say, “Raise your hand, please.” Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she raises his/her hand. 4. Your friend says, “Get me an eraser, please.” You respond, “Here it is.”, and he/she gets an eraser for you. 5. You say, “Get me a dictionary, please.” Your friend responds, “O.K.”, then he/she gets a dictionary for you. Variasi: Do the instructions below. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Your teacher will ask one of the students to do three things. The student (Student A) must do as instructed. Student A will call another student (Student B) when he/she has finished doing the instructions and then ask the Student B to do three other things. Student B comes to the front of the class and does the instructions.
Contoh jawaban: Guru meminta seorang siswa (Siswa A) untuk melakukan tiga hal. Tiga hal tersebut, misalnya: 1. Stand up. 2. Come forward. 3. Open the door. Setelah Siswa A melakukan tiga hal tersebut, dia dapat meminta siswa lain (Siswa B) untuk melakukan tiga hal yang lain. Lakukan secara bergantian.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
105
L.
In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice the dialogs with your friend.
1.
Your bedroom is dirty and messed up. Your mother asks you to clean and tidy it. How would the conversation go? 2. One of your friends is not feeling well. Your teacher asks you to take him/her to the sick bay. How would the conversation go? Contoh jawaban: 1. Mother : Look, your bedroom is very dirty. Please, clean it. Anita : Sure, Mom. Mother : Sweep the floor, please. And don’t forget to tidy up your bed. Anita : Right away, Mom. 2. Mrs. Hadi : Ayu, please take Lala to the sick bay. She is not feeling well. Ayu : Yes, Ma’am. Mrs. Hadi : Thank you, Ayu. Ayu : No problem, Ma’am. Come on, Lala. Lala : O.K. Thanks. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal sebagai berikut. 1. Your little sister is playing with a knife. You ask her not to play with it. What would you say? How would your sister respond to it? 2. There are many red ants on a bench. You forbid your little sister to sit on it. What would you say? How would your sister respond to it? 3. You are watching TV late at night. Your father asks you to turn off the TV and go to bed because tomorrow is not a holiday. How would the conversation happen? Contoh jawaban: 1. Fitri : Don’t play with a knife! Vera : Why? Fitri : It may hurt you. It’s dangerous. Give the knife to me! Vera : O.K. Here you are. 2. Iwan : Don’t sit on the bench, Ika! Ika : Why is that? Iwan : Look! There are many red ants on the bench. Ika : I see. Thanks. Iwan : Anytime. 3. Father : Hey, what are you doing late at night? Rudi : I’m seeing a film, Dad. Father : It’s already late. Tomorrow is not a holiday, right? Turn off the television. Rudi : But, Dad, it’s a good film. I want to see it. Father : No excuse. Turn it off and go to bed. I don’t want to find out you wake up late tomorow morning.
106
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
2.2 Short Functional Texts: Notices
Spoken Text Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation. Prepare a sheet of paper, please. Put your books away. We will have a test now. Don’t cheat. What you have just heard is a spoken notice. Its purpose is to inform people about something or to tell people to do/not to do something.
Written Text Read the following text and understand the explanation.
No smoking The text above is a written notice. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information or a warning. A notice is also called a caution. It is usually in the form of instructions or prohibitions. To make notices, we usually use the patterns below. Verb base + . . . . Don’t + verb base + . . . . No + noun No + verb-ing Examples: 1.
Keep the room clean
3.
2.
Don’t touch the cable
4.
No entry
No littering
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
107
Answer the questions below. 1.
Have you ever read a notice? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. What does it say? Contoh jawaban: It says “Staff only”. Where do you find the notice? Contoh jawaban: In my brother’s company.
2. 3.
A.
Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Don’t pick the flowers. 2. Please keep your classroom clean. 3. Don’t leave the laboratory dirty. 4. Please park your bikes in the bicycle shed. 5. Welcome to this library. Please put your bags in the locker. Variasi: Find the meanings of the notices you have heard in Task A. Jawaban: 1. Jangan memetik bunga. 2. Jagalah kebersihan kelas kalian. 3. Jangan meninggalkan laboratorium dalam keadaan kotor. 4. Mohon parkir sepeda kalian di tempat parkir sepeda. 5. Selamat datang di perpustakaan ini. Mohon taruh tas kalian di loker.
B.
Listen to the sentences in Task A once again. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Notice 1 1. ______ 2. ______ Notice 2 3. ______ 4. ______ Notice 3 5. ______ 6. ______ 108
The notice means that we are allowed to pick the flowers. We can hear such a notice in a canteen. The notice means that we should keep the classroom clean. We are allowed to make the classroom dirty. We should make the laboratory dirty. We can hear the notice in a laboratory.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Notice 4 7. ______ 8. ______ Notice 5 9. ______ 10. ______
There is no bicycle shed in the place. The notice is for the ones who ride bicycles. The speaker asks visitors to put their bags in the locker. We can hear such a notice in a classroom.
Jawaban: 1. F. The notice means that we are not allowed to pick the flowers. 2. F. We can hear such a notice in a garden. 3. T 4. F. We are not allowed to make the classroom dirty. 5. F. We should make the laboratory clean. 6. T 7. F. There is a bicycle shed in the place. 8. T 9. T 10. F. We can hear such a notice in a library. C.
1.
Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
The speaker asks the listeners to ________. A. keep quiet B. keep talking C. talk during the text D. follow the test Jawaban: A Kalimat ”Please keep quiet. Don’t talk during the test.” artinya ”Harap tenang. Dilarang berbicara selama ujian.”. Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, pembicara meminta pendengar untuk tetap tenang (keep quiet). 2.
artinya ”Murid-murid, bersiap-siaplah dan kemudian pergilah ke gedung olahraga.”. Jadi, yang akan dilakukan para siswa adalah pergi ke gedung olahraga (go to the gym).
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Please keep quiet. Don’t talk during the test.
3.
What should you do when you hear the notice? A. Sell our mobile phones. B. Turn our mobile phones off. C. Buy a new mobile phone. D. Leave our mobile phones. Jawaban: B Kalimat ”Please turn off your mobile phones.” artinya ”Matikan telepon genggam kalian.”. Jadi, apabila kita mendengar notice tersebut, kita seharusnya mematikan telepon genggam kita (turn our mobile phones off).
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Students, please prepare yourselves and then go to the gym. What will the students do? A. Clean the gym. B. Go to the field. C. Go to the gym. D. Go to their classroom. Jawaban: C Kalimat ”Students, please prepare yourselves and then go to the gym.”
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Please turn off your mobile phones.
4.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Students, please collect your paper on my desk. Then, you can leave the room.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
109
What does the notice mean? A. We should put the paper out. B. We should leave the classroom. C. We should go out. D. We should submit the paper on the speaker’s desk. Jawaban: D Kalimat ”Students, please collect your paper on my desk. Then, you can leave the room.” artinya ”Murid-murid, kumpulkan kertas kalian di meja saya. Setelah itu, kalian boleh meninggalkan ruangan.”. Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, pembicara meminta pendengar menyerahkan kertas mereka di meja pembicara (submit the paper on the speaker’s desk).
A. 1.
5.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Turn off the computer before you leave the room. We should turn off the computer before ________. A. entering the room B. cleaning the room C. leaving the room D. making the room dirty Jawaban: C Kalimat ”Turn off the computer before leaving the room.” artinya ”Matikan komputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan.”. Jadi, dalam notice tersebut, pembicara meminta pendengar supaya mematikan komputer sebelum meninggalkan ruangan (before leaving the room).
Read the following notices. Answer the questions orally. The notice below is on a door.
Push According to the notice, what should we do to open the door? Jawaban: We should push it. 2.
The notice below is on the gate of an office.
No entry What does the notice mean? Jawaban: We mustn’t enter the place. 3.
The notice below is in a library.
Put the books back to the shelf What should we do with the books after we have read them? Jawaban: We should put them back to the shelf.
110
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
4.
The notice below is in a sitting room.
Don’t leave the room dirty What does the notice mean? Jawaban: We mustn’t leave the room dirty./We must keep the room clean. 5.
Your mother puts this notice in your room.
Keep your room tidy What should you do? Jawaban: I should keep my room tidy. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Make notices based on the situations below. Read your notices aloud. You see your friends talking aloud in the library. You see your friends sleeping during the lesson. You ask your friends to gather in the field. You see your friend playing with his mobile phone during the lesson. You ask your friend to come on time.
Contoh jawaban: 1. Keep silent, please. Stop talking, please. 2. Don’t sleep in the classroom. 3. Gather in the field, please. 4. Please pay attention to our teacher. Stop playing your mobile phone. 5. Please come on time. Please don’t be late.
A.
Rearrange the words below into proper notices.
1. trees–don’t–the–cut 2. clean–keep–classroom–the 3. wear–your–don’t–hat–room–in–the 4. the–the–dustbin–garbage–put–into 5. on–time–book–return–the Jawaban: 1. Don’t cut the trees. 2. Keep the classroom clean. 3. Don’t wear your hat in the room. 4. Put the garbage into the dustbin. 5. Return the book on time. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
111
B.
Find the meanings of the words below. Look up your dictionary if needed.
Kata-kata soal dan jawaban: 1. garbage = sampah 2. dustbin = tempat sampah 3. wear = mengenakan, memakai 4. on time = tepat waktu 5. return = mengembalikan C.
What does each notice in Task A mean?
Jawaban: 1. We musn’t cut the trees. 2. We should keep the classroom clean. 3. We mustn’t wear a hat in the room. 4. We should put the garbage into the dustbin. 5. We have to return the book on time. D.
Match each notice below with the correct picture.
a 1.
3.
d
c 2.
Don’t draw anything on the wall
Park here
Keep the cage clean
Jawaban: 1. e
2.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
c
3.
a
4.
b
e
Put off your shoes before you enter the room
4.
Please keep silent in the library
5.
112
b
5.
d
E.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the notice and answer questions 1 and 2.
Keep silent Exam is in progress 1. According to the notice, we should not ________. A. join the exam B. make noises C. keep quiet D. watch the exam Jawaban: B Notice tersebut artinya ”Harap tenang. Sedang ada ujian.”. Jadi, hal yang tidak boleh dilakukan adalah berisik (make noises). 2. Where may you find the notice? A. At school. B. In a bus stop. C. In a library. D. On the street. Jawaban: A Notice tersebut dapat ditemui di sekolah (at school) karena berisi peringatan saat berlangsungnya ujian. 3.
Keep your surroundings clean What does the notice mean? A. We should not keep our surroundings tidy. B. We should not clean our surroundings. C. We should clean the notice. D. We should not litter. Jawaban: D Kalimat ”Keep your surroundings clean.” artinya ”Jagalah kebersihan lingkungan.”. Jadi, notice tersebut memiliki makna bahwa kita tidak boleh membuang sampah sembarangan (we should not litter).
Read the notice and answer questions 4 and 5.
Staff only 4. The notice above is on the door of a room in a shop. What does the notice mean? A. All people can enter the place. B. Only the staff of the shop are allowed to read the notice. C. Only the staff of the shop are allowed to enter. D. All staff are not allowed to enter. Jawaban: C Notice tersebut bermakna bahwa hanya karyawan toko saja yang diperbolehkan masuk ruangan tersebut (only the staff of the shop are allowed to enter). 5. The notice is for ________. A. the shop owner B. the customers C. the passengers D. the students Jawaban: B Karena notice tersebut diletakkan di sebuah pintu di dalam toko, notice tersebut ditujukan kepada pelanggan toko tersebut (the customers), bukan (A) pemilik toko, (C) para penumpang, dan (D) para siswa. Read the notice and answer questions 6 and 7.
Wet paint 6. When you see the notice on the door, it means ________. A. we should not touch the door B. we should make the paint wet C. we should not paint the door D. we should paint the door Jawaban: A Notice tersebut artinya ”Cat basah”. Jika notice tersebut diletakkan di pintu, itu artinya cat pintu tersebut masih basah dan tentu saja kita tidak boleh menyentuhnya (we should not touch the door).
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
113
7. The opposite meaning of the word ‘wet’ is ________. A. small B. good C. dry D. thin Jawaban: D Kata ’wet’ artinya ’basah’. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang berlawanan dengan kata dry yang artinya kering. Small artinya kecil, good artinya baik/bagus, dan thin artinya tipis. Read the notice and answer questions 8 and 9.
Show your member card before you enter the library 8. The notice means that one should ________ to enter the place. A. sell a member card B. hide a member card C. keep a member card D. bring a member card Jawaban: D Notice tersebut artinya ”Tunjukkan kartu anggota kalian sebelum kalian masuk ke perpustakaan.”. Itu berarti bahwa seseorang harus membawa kartu anggota (bring a member card) untuk bisa masuk ke dalam perpustakaan.
A.
No late comers Meaning: Everyone should not come late.
2.
Don’t make any noise Meaning: Everyone should keep quiet.
114
10.
Principal is available You see the notice on the wall of your principal’s room. What does the notice mean? A. The principal is absent. B. The principal is in his/her room. C. The principal is sick. D. The principal is not at school. Jawaban: B Notice tersebut artinya ”Kepala sekolah hadir.”. Itu artinya kepala sekolah berada di ruangannya (The principal is in his/her room).
Find some notices in your school. Write them in your workbook and find their meanings.
Contoh jawaban: 1.
9. Where can we find the notice? A. In a classroom. B. In a garden. C. In a library. D. At the bus stop. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata kunci ”the library” yang artinya ”perpustakaan.”. Itu berarti notice tersebut berada di sebuah perpustakaan.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
B. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Make notices based on the situations below. Many students throw garbage in the school yard. What would you write to warn them? Your friends sometimes do not do the duty rooster. What would you write to warn them? You are doing your homework. You don’t want to be disturbed. What notice would you put on your door? The librarian asks you to write a notice that visitors should leave the books on the table. What would you write?
Contoh jawaban: 1.
No littering
3.
Don’t disturb
2.
4.
Do the duty rooster Just leave the books on the table
Find notices in your surroundings as much as you can. Rewrite the notices on your workbook.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. absent aisle
: tidak hadir : lorong, gang, jalan di antara tempat duduk available : hadir, ada bench : bangku cloudy : mendung corner : pojok course : les/kursus dustbin : tempat sampah duty rooster : jadwal piket fence : pagar
fiction garbage gather litter paint push section sick bay silent stranger surroundings towel turn off water
: : : : : : : : : : : : : :
fiksi sampah berkumpul mengotori cat mendorong bagian UKS tenang orang asing lingkungan handuk mematikan menyirami
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
115
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Mother : This coffee is not sweet. ________ me some sugar, please. Tina : O.K., Mom. Mother : Thank you. A. Cook B. Watch C. Look D. Get Jawaban: D Karena ibu berkata bahwa kopinya tidak manis, ibu menyuruh Tina mengambilkan gula. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’get’ yang artinya ’ambilkan’. Jadi, makna kalimat soal adalah ”Kopi ini tidak manis. Tolong ambilkan gula.”. Cook artinya memasak, watch artinya menonton, dan look artinya memandang. 2. Mr. Rahmat : Andri, ________ your hat in classroom, please. Andri : Yes, Sir. A. don’t close B. don’t wear C. don’t clean D. don’t draw Jawaban: B Karena objek dari hal tersebut adalah topi (hat), frasa peringatan yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’don’t wear’. Kata tersebut membentuk kalimat lengkap yang artinya ”Andri, tolong jangan memakai topi di dalam kelas.”. Don’t close artinya jangan menutup, don’t clean artinya jangan membersihkan, dan don’t draw artinya jangan menggambar. 3. Father :
Nisa, our flowers look dry. _______ them, please. Nisa : Sure, Dad. Father : Good. A. Throw B. Feed C. Water D. Cut
116
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Jawaban: C Karena bunga-bunga tampak kering, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’water’ yang artinya ’sirami’. Jadi, makna kalimat soal adalah ”Nisa, bungabunga kita terlihat kering. Tolong sirami bunga-bunga itu.”. Throw artinya tempatkan, feed artinya beri makan, dan cut artinya potong. 4. Mother : Tommy, are you busy? Tommy : No, Mom. What’s up? Mother : Cut the grass in our backyard, please. Tommy : ________, Mom. Mother : Thank you. A. Right away B. No way C. Don’t go there D. Don’t cut the grass Jawaban: A Karena ibu Tommy mengucapkan terima kasih, dapat dipastikan bahwa Tommy setuju untuk melakukan perintah ibunya (memotong rumput di kebun belakang). Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya segera adalah respons yang tepat. Pilihan jawaban (B) untuk menolak melakukan sesuatu, sedangkan (C) dan (D) adalah ungkapan larangan. 5. Jaya : I’m not feeling well. Damar : Go to the ________, please. Jaya : You are right. Thanks. A. canteen B. library C. sick bay D. teacher room Jawaban: C Karena Jaya merasa tidak enak badan, Damar menyarankan dia untuk pergi ke UKS (sick bay), bukan ke (A) kantin, (B) perpustakaan, ataupun (D) ruang guru.
6. Anwar : Accompany me to the bookstore, please. Vito : No problem. What does Anwar express? A. He asks someone not to do something. B. He asks someone to do something. C. He introduces someone to other people. D. He greets someone. Jawaban: B Ungkapan Anwar artinya ”Temani saya ke toko buku.”. Ungkapan tersebut adalah ungkapan meminta seseorang melakukan sesuatu (ask someone to do something). 7. Mother : Panji, don’t disturb your brother, please. Panji : Yes, Mom. What does Panji’s mother express? A. She asks someone not to do something. B. She asks someone to do something. C. She introduces someone to other people. D. She greets someone. Jawaban: A Ungkapan ibu Panji artinya ”Panji, jangan ganggu kakakmu.”. Ungkapan tersebut adalah ungkapan meminta seseorang untuk tidak melakukan sesuatu (ask someone not to do something). 8. You ask your friends not to play football in the street. What would you say? A. Play football with me, please. B. Don’t play outside, please. C. Don’t ask your friends to play football. D. Don’t play football in the street. Jawaban: D Ungkapan untuk melarang teman-teman bermain bola di jalan adalah ”Don’t play football in the street.” yang artinya ”Jangan bermain bola di jalan.”. 9. Mr. Susilo : Heru, ________ students are absent today? Heru : Two students, Sir. Mr. Susilo : Who are they? Heru : Agus and Anto.
A. what B. when C. how much D. how many Jawaban: D Berdasarkan kalimat jawaban Heru, ”Two students, Sir.” yang menyatakan jumlah, dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimat sebelumnya menanyakan jumlah. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tanya yang menanyakan jumlah adalah ’how many’, karena diikuti kata benda yang dapat dihitung. What (apa) menanyakan benda, when (kapan) menanyakan waktu, dan how much (berapa banyak) untuk jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung. 10. Mr. Ervan :
Please put your books ________ my desk. Yes, Sir.
Students : A. in B. at C. on D. near Jawaban: C Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’on’ yang artinya ’di atas’. In artinya di dalam, at artinya di/pada, dan near artinya di dekat. 11. Asti
: Look! The plane is flying ________ the town. Heny : You are right. A. on B. above C. between D. under Jawaban: B Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’above’ yang artinya ’di atas’ (menggantung). On artinya di atas/di, between artinya di antara, dan under artinya di bawah.
12. Father :
Your friend is standing ________ the door. Please meet her. Sure, Dad.
Diah : A. at B. on C. under D. above
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
117
Jawaban: A Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’. On artinya di atas/di, under artinya di bawah, dan above artinya di atas (menggantung). 13. Santi : How many teachers are there in your school? Aulia : ________ 25 teachers. A. There isn’t B. Are there C. There is D. There are Jawaban: D Karena kata benda yang mengikuti berbentuk jamak (plural), kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’There are’. There isn’t untuk kalimat negatif (penyangkalan), Are there untuk kalimat tanya, dan There is apabila kata bendanya tunggal. 14. Ms. Tina : ________ any students in the library now? Retno : Yes, there are five students. A. There aren’t B. There are C. Are there D. Is there Jawaban: C Kalimat soal menggunakan pola kalimat tanya dengan kata benda jamak (any students). Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’Are there’. 15. Ms. Sinta : Is your mother ________ home now? Anang : Yes, she is. A. near B. in C. at D. on Jawaban: C Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’at’ yang artinya ’di’.
118
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Read the notice and answer questions 16 and 17.
Put your bags and jackets here 16. What does the notice mean? A. We can’t bring bags and jackets there. B. We can’t put bags and jackets there. C. We can get bags and jackets there. D. We should choose the bags. Jawaban: A Notice tersebut artinya ”Letakkan tas dan jaket Anda di sini.”. Itu artinya kita tidak boleh membawa tas dan jaket di sana (We can’t bring bags and jackets there.). 17. Where do you find the notice? A. In the canteen. B. In the library. C. In the teacher room. D. In the classroom. Jawaban: B Peringatan seperti itu dapat ditemui di perpustakaan (library). Read the notice and answer questions 18 to 20.
No cycling on the footpath 18. The notice tells that we can’t ________ there. A. have a walk B. go jogging C. go picnic D. go biking Jawaban: D Notice tersebut artinya ”Tidak boleh bersepeda di jalan setapak.”. Jadi, yang tidak boleh dilakukan adalah bersepeda (go biking). 19. The word ‘footpath’ can be best replaced with the word ________. A. river bank B. road C. grass D. pavement Jawaban: B Kata ’footpath’ mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata ’road’ yang artinya ’jalan’.
20. Where can you find such a notice? A. In a park. B. At school. C. In a parking lot. D. In a mall. Jawaban: A Kata kunci dalam notice tersebut adalah footpath. Footpath (jalan setapak) biasa ditemui di taman. Jadi, peringatan seperti itu dapat ditemui di taman (in a park).
Jawaban: 1. an 3. is 5. beside/next to C.
2. 4.
How many at
Read the texts, then answer the questions.
Read the notice and answer questions 1 and 2. Keep off the grass
B. 1.
2.
3. 4.
Complete the sentences with correct words. Mother : Please buy me ________ umbrella, please. Tika : Sure, Mom. Dian : ________ ducks are there in the pond? Ratna : There are seven. There ________ only one canteen in my school. My brother is not feeling well. He is staying ________ home now.
1. 2.
What does the notice mean? Jawaban: We are not allowed to step on the grass. Where can you find such a notice? Jawaban: In a garden.
Read the notice and answer questions 3 and 4. Turn off your mobile phone during the lesson 3.
5. 4.
According to the notice, what should we do with our mobile phones? Jawaban: We should turn them off. When do you do that? Jawaban: During the lesson.
5. Waiting room What does the notice tell you about? Jawaban: The room is for waiting someone or something.
The bookshelf is ________ the desk.
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
119
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Ms. Rita : Udin, get me some chalks, please. Udin : ________, Ma’am. Ms. Rita : Thank you. A. Good morning B. Hello C. I’m just fine D. Sure 2. Ani : Lisa, ________ the ball to me. Lisa : O.K. A. throw B. feed C. water D. cut 3. Ani : I’m thirsty. Nana : ________ this iced-tea, please. Ani : Oh, thanks. A. Eat B. Drink C. Buy D. Make
For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Vita : Tania : Vita : Tania : Vita : Tania : Vita :
(6) ________ pens do you have? Two. (7) ________ me one, please. O.K. (8) ________ blue one or the black one? The blue one, please. Here you are. Thanks.
6. A. B. C. D.
What Where Who How many
7. A. B. C. D.
Lend Borrow Buy Sell
8. A. B. C. D.
A An The Some
This dialog is for questions 9 to 11. For questions 4 and 5, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Aldo Fahri Aldo Fahri
: : : :
Wow, (4) ________ new bike, right? It is. Do you want to try? Yeah. Here you are. (5) ________ it carefully, please. Aldo : O.K. Thank you. 4. A. B. C. D.
the an a some
5. A. B. C. D.
Draw Ride Put Wear
120
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
Mr. Sunu : Bonny, (9) ________ outside, please. You must do your homework. Moreover, it’s cloudy. It will rain soon. Bonny : But, Dad, I want to play football. Mr. Sunu : No. (10) ________ your homework now. Bonny : O.K., Dad. 9. A. B. C. D. 10. A. B. C. D.
don’t study don’t do don’t play don’t come Look Study Don’t Do
11. What is the relationship between the speakers? A. Father and his son. B. Teacher and student. C. Two students. D. Two teachers. Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13. Ms. Rista
:
Fahmi and Deo : Ms. Rista : Deo Ms. Rista
: :
Fahmi, Deo, move this table over there, please. Sure, Miss. Deo, don’t push. Lift it, please. O.K., Miss. Good. Thank you.
12. Ms. Rista says, “Fahmi, Deo, move this table over there, please.” What does she express? A. She asks Fahmi and Deo to answer. B. She asks Fahmi and Deo to do something. C. She asks Fahmi and Deo not to do something. D. She asks Fahmi and Deo to introduce themselves. 13. Ms. Rista says, “Deo, don’t push.” What does she express? A. She asks someone to go. B. She asks someone to do something. C. She asks someone not to do something. D. She asks someone to give information. For questions 14 to 16, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Dede : Do you have any pets? Anto : Yes. I have (14) ________ cat, an iguana and some koi fish. Dede : You have many pets. Which is your favorite one? Anto : (15) ________ iguana. Dede : Can I see it? Anto : Sure. (16) ________ to my house. Dede : Great!
14. A. B. C. D.
the some an a
15. A. B. C. D.
The Some An A
16. A. B. C. D.
Clean Close Buy Come
17. Look! ________ many birds in the park. They are beautiful. A. There is B. Are there C. There are D. Is there 18. Ms. Dian
:
Canteen lady : A. There is B. Are there C. There are D. Is there
________ any students in the canteen? No, Ms. Dian.
19. Citra : Tono, ________ triangular rulers do you have? Tono : I have two. Citra : Can I borrow one, please? Tono : Sure. Here you are. A. how many B. what C. where D. which 20. My school is very noisy because it is ________ the main road. A. between B. near C. above D. under
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
121
21. Mother : Silvi, please get me the vegetables ________ the fridge. Silvi : Right away, Mom. A. between B. near C. at D. in
27. Where can you find such a notice? A. In a zoo. B. In a movie. C. In a market. D. At school. 28.
22. Mr. Himawan is my neighbor. His house is ________ my house. A. at B. on C. next to D. between 23. Don’t sit ________ the chair. Its leg is broken. A. on B. in C. at D. above Read the notice and answer questions 24 and 25. Don’t shoot the birds in the park 24. The notice is written to ________ the birds. A. sell B. protect C. send D. fly 25. Where can you find the notice? A. At school. B. In a park. C. In a public place. D. In an office. Read the notice and answer questions 26 and 27.
Don’t feed the animals 26. According to the notice, what shouldn’t we do there? A. Sell the animals. B. Buy the animals. C. Give food to the animals. D. Clean the cage.
122
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
No cheating in the exam The notice tells that the students should not ________ during the exam. A. come B. study C. answer D. open the books
Read the notice and answer questions 29 and 30. Please pay attention to your teacher 29. Below are the things that we can do, except ________. A. study diligently B. listen to our teacher C. talk with our friends D. keep silent 30. Where can we find the notice? A. In the teacher room. B. In the library. C. In the canteen. D. In the classroom. B.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Complete the sentences with there is, there are, there isn’t, there aren’t, is there or are there. ________ a pond in the park. ________ bicycles in the garden. There are pedestrians only. ________ students in the hall? Look! ________ crabs on the beach. Watch out! ________ a caterpillar on your back.
C.
Complete the sentences below with correct prepositions.
D. 1.
1.
Read the texts and then answer the questions.
Thank you for not smoking What is the notice about?
Read the notice and answer questions 2 and 3.
Return the books on time
There is a tree ________ the house.
2. 3. 4.
What does the notice ask? Where can you find the notice?
No parking
2.
The notice is in the school field. What can’t we do there? 5.
Always close the door We should keep _______ closed.
3. 4. 5.
There is a cat ________ the table. We are studying ________ our classroom. Father goes to work. He is _______ his office now. Lidya sits ________ Sekar. They are good friends.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
123
Jawaban Review Unit 2 A.
Pilihan Ganda
1. D.
2. A.
3. B.
4. C.
5. B.
6. D.
7. A.
124
8. C.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Ms. Rita menyuruh Udin mengambilkan beberapa kapur. Jadi, respons yang tepat adalah ”Sure, Ma’am.” yang artinya ”Ya, Bu.”. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’throw’ yang artinya ’lemparkan’ karena objek yang dibicarakan adalah bola (the ball). Feed artinya memberi makan, water artinya menyirami, dan cut artinya memotong. Dalam percakapan tersebut Ani berkata bahwa dia haus. Kemudian, Nana menawarkan es teh. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’drink’ yang artinya ’minum’. Eat artinya makan, buy artinya membeli, dan make artinya membuat. Karena benda yang dibicarakan adalah benda tunggal yang belum spesifik, article yang digunakan adalah ’a’. Jadi, arti kalimat soal adalah ”Wah, sebuah sepeda baru, ya?”. Karena benda yang dimaksud adalah sepeda, kata kerja yang tepat adalah ’ride’ yang artinya ’kendarai/naiki’. Draw artinya menggambar, put artinya menaruh, dan wear artinya memakai. Kalimat soal menanyakan jumlah benda yang dapat dihitung. Hal itu diketahui berdasarkan kalimat jawaban Tania yang menunjukkan jumlah benda (pena). Jadi, kata tanya yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat Vita tersebut adalah ’how many’. What artinya apa, where artinya di mana, dan who artinya siapa. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’Lend’ yang artinya ’pinjami.”. Borrow artinya pinjamkan, buy artinya belikan, dan sell artinya jualkan.
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
9. C.
10. D.
11. A.
12. B.
13. C.
14. D.
15. A.
Karena benda yang dimaksud sudah tertentu, yaitu pensil biru, article yang digunakan adalah the. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’don’t play’ yang artinya ’jangan bermain’. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya, yang berarti Pak Sunu menyuruh Bonny untuk mengerjakan PR-nya. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’Do’ yang artinya ’Kerjakan’ sehingga membentuk kalimat yang artinya “Kerjakan PR-mu.”. Look artinya melihat, study artinya belajar, dan don’t artinya jangan. Anak laki-laki dalam percakapan tersebut memanggil lawan bicaranya dengan sebutan ’Dad’ yang artinya ’Ayah’. Jadi, hubungan mereka adalah ayah dan anak (father and his son). Kalimat ”Fahmi, Deo, move this table over there, please.”. artinya ”Fahmi, Deo, pindahkan meja ini ke sana.”. Ungkapan tersebut merupakan ungkapan menyuruh seseorang melakukan sesuatu (ask someone to do something), yaitu memindahkan meja. Kalimat ”Deo, don’t push.” artinya ”Deo, jangan didorong.”. Ungkapan tersebut merupakan ungkapan menyuruh seseorang untuk tidak melakukan sesuatu (ask someone not to do something). Karena kata benda yang mengikuti adalah kata benda tunggal yang belum spesifik, article yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’a’. Dalam percakapan tersebut Dede bertanya tentang binatang kesayangan Anto. Anto menjawab bahwa binatang kesayangannya adalah iguana. Karena iguana dalam percakapan tersebut adalah benda yang sudah spesifik karena sudah
16. D.
17. C.
18. B.
19. A.
20. B.
21. D.
disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, article yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’the’. Saat Dede bertanya apakah dia dapat melihat iguana milik Anto, Anto mengiyakan. Kalimat logis yang mengikutinya adalah menyuruh Dede datang ke rumahnya. Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat untuk membentuk kalimat perintah tersebut adalah ’come’ yang artinya ’datanglah’. Clean artinya bersihkan, close artinya tutuplah, dan buy artinya belilah. Kalimat soal adalah kalimat affirmative dengan kata benda plural (many birds). Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal tersebut adalah ’There are’. Kalimat soal adalah kalimat interrogative dengan kata benda plural (any students). Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’Are there’. Tono merespons kalimat Citra dengan menyebutkan jumlah benda yang dapat dihitung (triangular rulers). Dapat dipastikan Tono menanyakan jumlah benda. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tanya yang menanyakan jumlah benda dapat dihitung adalah ’how many’. Karena sekolah sangat ramai, dapat dipastikan bahwa sekolah tersebut dekat dengan jalan utama. Jadi, preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’near’ yang artinya ’dekat’. Between artinya di antara (dua hal/benda), above artinya di atas sesuatu, dan under artinya di bawah. Pada umumnya, sayur disimpan di dalam kulkas. Jadi, preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’in’ yang artinya ’di dalam’.
22. C.
23. A. 24. B.
25. B.
26. C.
27. A.
28. D.
29. C.
30. D.
Berdasarkan frasa ’my neighbor’ yang artinya tetangga, preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’next’ yang artinya ’di samping/sebelah’. Preposisi yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’on’ yang artinya ’di atas’. Notice tersebut artinya ”Jangan menembak burung di taman.”. Tujuan dari notice tersebut adalah untuk melindungi burung-burung (protect the birds). Sell artinya menjual, send artinya mengirim, dan fly artinya terbang. Objek yang dibicarakan dalam notice tersebut adalah ”the birds in the park” (burung-burung di taman). Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa notice tersebut dapat ditemukan di taman (in a park). Kalimat ”Don’t feed the animals.” artinya ”Jangan memberi makan binatang.”. Jadi, berdasarkan notice tersebut, tindakan yang tidak boleh dilakukan adalah memberi makan binatang (give food to the animals). Notice seperti itu dapat dijumpai di kebun binatang (zoo) karena objek dari notice tersebut adalah binatang (animals). Notice tersebut artinya ”Dilarang mencontek saat ujian.”. Maksud dari notice tersebut adalah siswa dilarang membuka buku/catatan saat ujian. Berdasarkan notice yang artinya ”Harap perhatikan gurumu.” dapat diketahui bahwa hal yang tidak boleh dilakukan adalah mengobrol dengan teman (talk with our friends). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya belajar dengan rajin, (B) artinya menyimak guru, dan (D) artinya tetap tenang. Notice tersebut tepat jika dipasang di ruang kelas (in the classroom) karena notice tersebut menyuruh pembaca memperhatikan guru (pay attention to the teacher.)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
125
B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Isian There is There aren’t Are there There are There is
C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Isian in front of under in at beside/next to
126
UNIT 2 Don’t . . . !
D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Uraian It’s about a smoking prohibition. It asks us to return the books on time. In a library. We can’t park our vehicles there. the door
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. express gratitude (thanking), 2. say sorry (apologizing), 3. create short functional texts (spoken messages), 4. write short functional texts (gratitude cards), and 5. use verbs (have and has), subject and object pronouns, ordinal numbers, days, months and years.
You know, western people say sorry very often. They will directly ask for an apology when they do something wrong. They may say, “Sorry.” We shall respond when someone say sorry. We may say, “That’s O.K./all right” or “Not at all.” Western people also express their gratitude as often as saying sorry. They say, “Thanks”, “Thank you” or “Thank you very much” to express their gratitude. We may say, “You’re welcome”, “My pleasure”, or “any time” to respond to it. In this unit you will learn a lot of things about it.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
127
3.1 Expressions
Expressing Gratitude Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1
2
Thank you, Hani.
Let me help you, Mom. Thanks.
You’re welcome.
You should say “Thanks” or “Thank you” when other people do good to you. You should also respond to it by saying “You’re welcome”, “Not at all”, or “No problem” when other people express their gratitude. Here are some expressions you can use to express your gratitude and the responses. Expressing Gratitude ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
128
Thanks./Thank you. Many thanks./Thanks a lot. That’s very kind of you. Thanks/Thank you. Thank you very much for your help/kindness. Thank you for coming. I’m really grateful to you for your . . . . Oh very nice of you. Thank you.
UNIT 3 Thank You
Responding ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
You are (you’re) welcome. My pleasure. Don’t mention it. Not at all. That’s O.K. (all right). Anytime. Delighted I was able to help.
Apologizing Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1
2
Do you have a small change, Madam?
Sorry for coming late. That’s all right.
No, I’m not. Sorry.
Those two dialogs are examples of apologizing and the responses. You’d better say ‘sorry’ when you do a bad thing to other people. For example, you bump a person, you step on someone’s foot, you break someone’s bike, etc. You must also say ‘sorry’ when unintentionally you hurt someone’s feeling. Note: In western life, people always say ‘sorry’ when they do or say bad things. You have to do it seriously. Don’t smile or even laugh when asking for apology. Some say “Manners make the man” which means you have to behave yourselves. People will respect and be good to you if you do so. Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk (January 11, 2008)
Here are some expressions you can use to say sorry and the responses. Apologizing ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
I’m (very) sorry. Pardon me. Oops! Sorry. I do apologize for . . . . Please accept my apologies. Please forgive me. Please forgive me for . . . .
Responding ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
That’s (quite) all right. That’s O.K. (Let’s) Forget it. Never mind. Please don’t feel bad about it. Please don’t be. There’s no reason to apologize for . . . .
Grammar Section Verb: Have/Has Read the dialogs and understand the bold-typed words. 1. Deni : May I use this ruler, please? Gunawan : Sure. Don’t worry, I have two rulers. Deni : Thanks. Gunawan : No big deal.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
129
2.
3. 4.
Hermin Ita Hermin Ita Erika : Jamal : Luluk : Punto : Luluk :
: Let’s go to Dita’s house this afternoon. : What’s up? : She has a new video game. She lets us to use it. : O.K. Do you have an electronic dictionary? No, I don’t have it. Does Fadli’s father have a car? Yes, he has a car. Why do you ask? I saw him driving a car yesterday afternoon.
The words have and has in those sentences are verbs. You use have for the subjects I, you, we, they and plural subjects. You use has for the subjects he, she, it and singular subjects. How do you use have/has in negative and interrogative sentences? Study the patterns below. Subejct Affirmative (+)
Has/Have
He/she It (komodo) I/you/we/they Subejct
Negative (–)
Interrogative (?)
Does Does Do
has has have
a new bike. a thick body. many friends.
Do/Does not
He/she It (komodo) I/you/we/they Do/Does
Complement
does not does not do not
Have
Complement
have have have
an old bike. a long neck. any enemies.
Subejct
Have
Complement
Response
he/she it (komodo) I/you/we/they
have have have
a new bike? a long neck? many friends?
Yes, he/she does. No, it doesn’t. Yes, I/you/we/they do.
Here are some other examples. Affirmative: ● Arif has new shoes. ● Arif and his brother have new shoes. Negative: ● Arif does not (doesn’t) have old shoes. ● Arif and his brother do not (don’t) have old shoes. Interrogative: ● Does Arif have new shoes? Yes, he does. ● Do Arif and his brother have old shoes? No, they don’t. Pronouns as a Subject and as an Object Study the explanation and read the sentences. Learning and understanding pronouns are very important. You always need a pronoun as a subject or as an object when you make a sentence. Your sentence will be easily understood when you use a clear pronoun.
130
UNIT 3 Thank You
Here are those pronouns and how you use them in sentences. Pronoun as a Subject
Sentence
Pronoun as an Object
I you he she they
I’m a student. You’re my classmate. He’s a principal. She’s a teacher. They are my friends.
me you him her them
we it
We are students of SMP. It’s my school.
us it
Sentence Mother calls me. I saw you in the market yesterday. Help him mop the floor. We respect her very much. Mr. Seta lets them do the exercise at home. Mimin invites us to her house tonight. Father used it a few minutes ago.
Ordinal Numbers: First, Second, Third, . . . Look at the picture and read the sentences. Pay attention to the bold-typed words. 1. 2. 3.
Maya sits in the first row. Tania sits in the second row. Heri sits in the third row.
The bold-typed words above are ordinal numbers. Ordinal numbers show the order of things. Read and remember the numbers below.
Cardinal Number
Ordinal Number
Cardinal Number
Ordinal Number
one (1) two (2) three (3) four (4) five (5) six (6) seven (7) eight (8) nine (9) ten (10) eleven (11) twelve (12) thirteen (13) fourteen (14) fifteen (15) sixteen (16)
first (1st) second (2nd) third (3rd) fourth (4th) fifth (5th) sixth (6th) seventh (7th) eighth (8th) ninth (9th) tenth (10th) eleventh (11th) twelfth (12th) thirteenth (13th) fourteenth (14th) fifteenth (15th) sixteenth (16th)
seventeen (17) eighteen (18) nineteen (19) twenty (20) twenty-one (21) twenty-two (22) twenty-three (23) twenty-four (24) thirty (30) thirty-three (33) forty (40) sixty-two (62) sixty-seven (67) seventy (70) ninenty-one (91) one hundred (100)
seventeenth (17th) eighteenth (18th) nineteenth (19th) twentieth (20th) twenty first (21st) twenty second (22nd) twenty third (23rd) twenty fourth (24th) thirtieth (30th) thirty third (33rd) fortieth (40th) sixty second (62nd) sixty seventh (67th) seventieth (70th) ninety first (91st) one hundredth (100th)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
131
Study the example below. Victor : Please tell me about your school. Arnadi : There are five blocks at my school. The first block includes the teachers’ office, the laboratories, the library and the school hall. The second block is the classrooms for the seventh grade students. The third block is the classrooms for the eighth grade students. The fourth block is the classrooms for the ninth grade students. And the fifth block is the canteen, the bicycle shed and some toilets. Victor : I see. Days, Months and Years Let’s study days, months and years. Read the words below with proper pronunciation. Days : Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday Months : January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December Years : 1996 (nineteen ninety-six) 1999 (nineteen ninety-nine) 2000 (two thousand) 2004 (two thousand and four) 2008 (two thousand and eight) 2009 (two thousand and nine) Study the example below. Yusniar : What day is it today? Susi : Don’t you remember? Today is Wednesday, July twenty-second. Yusniar : O gosh! Susi : What’s up? Yusniar : I almost forget. Tomorrow is Thursday, July twenty third. And you know, it’s Ms. Astini’s birthday! Susi : Is it? Let’s get something for her birthday present.
Look at the picture and answer the questions. Questions: 1. What does the woman give to the man? Jawaban: She gives some money. 2. What do you think the man says? Jawaban: He says, “Thank you.” 3. What does the woman say to respond to it? Jawaban: She says, “You’re welcome.” 4. Do you always express gratitude to other people? Why/why not? Jawaban: Yes, I do. To show my appreciation to them.
132
UNIT 3 Thank You
A. 1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Read and practice the dialogs. Iwan is in the library now. Iwan : Excuse me, Miss. Librarian : Yes? Iwan : Where can I find books about English grammar? Librarian : English grammar? Let me see. Um . . . they’re on the shelf on the corner. Iwan : Thank you, Miss. Librarian : Anytime. Mr. Heru is fixing his motorcycle. His son, Andika, is trying to help him. Andika : What’s the matter, Dad? Mr. Heru : I don’t know. It can’t run fast. Andika : May I help you, Dad? Mr. Heru : Sure. Take me that screwdriver. Andika : The big or the small one? Mr. Heru : The small one, please. Andika : Here you are. Mr. Heru : Thanks. Andika : With pleasure. Ari is trying to contact his friend, Dion. He wants to confirm the meeting tomorrow. Someone : Good morning. What can I help you? Ari : Hi, I am calling for Dion. Someone : Who’s Dion? There’s no such name here. Ari : Pardon me. Is this 767801? Someone : Sorry. You’ve got the wrong number. This is 767810. Ari : Oh, sorry to trouble you. Bye. Someone : That’s O.K., bye. Stella meets Tommy. She looks a little bit upset. Stella : Did you get my message? Tommy : Yup! Stella : Why didn’t you call me? Tommy : I tried many times, but I couldn’t reach you. Stella : Did you? Tommy : Yeah. Sorry that it made you upset. Stella : You know, at that time I needed your help. My motorcycle was broken and you’re the nearest to reach. Tommy : I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time. Stella : O.K. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer his/her questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. Where does the dialog happen? 2. What does Iwan want to do? 3. What did he say to show his gratitude?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
133
Dialog 2 4. What are Andika and his father doing? 5. What did Andika say to respond to his father’s gratitude? 6. Mr. Heru said, “It can’t run fast.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to? Dialog 3 7. What is the dialog about? 8. Why did Ari say sorry? Dialog 4 9. What happened to Stella? 10. What did Tommy say to express his regret? Jawaban: 1. In the library. 2. He wants to find books about English grammar. 3. He said, “Thank you, Miss.” 4. They are fixing a motorcycle. 5. He said, “With pleasure.” 6. It refers to the motorcycle. 7. About dialing the wrong number. 8. Because he had troubled that person. 9. She felt upset. 10. He said, “I’m very sorry, Stella. I didn’t know that. I promise it won’t happen again next time.” C.
Complete the dialogs below while listening to your teacher.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Lisa is going to see a film. She’s in the ticket box now. Lisa : Two tickets, please. Ticket attendant : (1) Here you’re. Lisa : Thanks. Ticket attendant : (2) You’re welcome. Have fun! Lisa : You too. Dialog 2 Tora finds something in the bicycle shed. He thinks it belongs to the girl who has just parked her bike. He runs after her. Tora : Hey, wait! Julia : Pardon? Are you calling me? Tora : Yes. I found this. It could be yours. Julia : Yes, it is. (3) Thank you. Tora : (4) My pleasure. Dialog 3 Fenty’s bike is broken today. Desi offers a ride to go home together. Desi : I saw you went to school by bus this morning. Fenty : That’s right. My bike is broken. Desi : I see. Well, let me ride you home. Fenty : (5) Thank you for your offer, but I’m fine. Desi : Come on! We take the same way, right? Fenty : O.K., then. (6) Thanks. Desi : That’s what friends are for.
134
UNIT 3 Thank You
Dialog 4 Allan is staying in a boarding house. He knows that Mr. Hadi, the host, always locks the gate at 10 p.m. But Allan is a little bit late this time. Mr. Hadi : Who is it? Allan : It’s Allan, Sir. I’m sorry I’m back late. Mr. Hadi : It’s thirty minutes late, you know. Allan : (7) I really am sorry. The traffic is quite crowded. Mr. Hadi : (8) Never do it again. O.K.? Allan : O.K. I promise. Dialog 5 Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are going to Denpasar next Saturday. They want to book two tickets today. Attendant : (9) May I help you? Mr. Gunawan : I would like to book two tickets to Denpasar, please. Attendant : When will you leave? Mr. Gunawan : Next Saturday, please. Attendant : (10) I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out. Mr. Gunawan : Oh! How about Friday? Attendant : Yes, we have tickets available for Friday. Mr. Gunawan : O.K. We’ll take two. Variasi: Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task C. Answer the questions orally. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where does dialog 1 happen? 2. Who are talking in dialog 1? 3. What does Tora and the girl in dialog 2 talk about? 4. What did Tora say to respond to Julia’s gratitude? 5. What did Fenty say to decline Desi’s offer in dialog 3? 6. What did Desi say when Fenty finally accepted her offer? 7. When does dialog 4 happen? 8. What did Allan say when he made a mistake? 9. “They try to book two tickets today” (Dialog 5). What does the word ‘they’ refer to? 10. What did the attendant say when Mr. Gunawan couldn’t get his tickets for Saturday? Jawaban: 1. In a movie theater. 2. A visitor (Lisa) and a ticket attendant. 3. Finding someone’s property. 4. He said, “My pleasure.” 5. She said, “Thank you for your offer, but I’m O.K.” 6. She said, “That’s what friends are for.” 7. Late at night. 8. He said, “I really am sorry.” 9. The word ‘they’ refers to Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan. 10. The attendant said, “I am sorry, but next Saturday is sold out.”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
135
D.
Listen to your teacher and give suitable responses.
Ekspresi-ekspresi yang diucapkan guru: 1. Thanks for coming. 2. 3. Thank you for giving me a lift. 4. 5. Thank you for helping me manage the house. 6. 7. Sorry. Does it hurt? 8. 9. Sorry for disturbing you. 10.
Thank you for the bakso and iced tea. I’m really grateful for your support. Oh sorry for stepping on your foot. Please forgive me for hurting your feeling. Sorry for not attending the meeting yesterday.
Contoh jawaban: 1. You’re welcome. 2. My pleasure. 3. Anytime. 4. Don’t mention it. 5. My pleasure. 6. That’s O.K. 7. Yes, a little. Don’t worry. 8. O.K. But never do it again. 9. Not to worry about it. 10. There’s no reason to apologize for it. Variasi: Listen and repeat after your teacher. Expressing Gratitude ● ● ● ● ●
Thank you very much. Thanks a lot for helping me. That’s very kind of you. Thank you for your help/kindness. Thank you for visiting me.
Response You are (you’re) welcome. With pleasure. Don’t mention it. No big deal. Anytime.
● ● ● ● ●
Saying Sorry ● ● ● ● ●
E.
I’m really sorry about it. Oops! Sorry. I do apologize for it. Please accept my apologies. Please forgive me for telling you a lie.
Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Petunjuk: Guru akan membaca lima percakapan sederhana yang ada satu per satu. Siswa disuruh menyimak dengan saksama. Kemudian, mereka disuruh memilih jawaban yang sesuai untuk melengkapi tiap-tiap percakapan itu. 1.
136
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ayu : Pass me the chili, please. Ben : Here you are. Ayu : Thanks, Ben. Ben : ________
UNIT 3 Thank You
Responses ● ● ● ● ●
Never mind. Not to worry. That’s quite all right. Forget it. I’m O.K. There’s no reason to apologize for it.
A. Is that it? B. Anytime. C. Sorry, you can’t do that. D. Never mind. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut anak perempuan itu meminta tolong Ben untuk mengambilkan sambal. Kemudian, dia mengucapkan terima kasih atas bantuan Ben. Respons yag tepat atas ucapan terima kasih adalah Anytime. Pilihan jawaban (A) digunakan untuk meminta konfirmasi, (C) digunakan untuk meminta maaf, dan (D) adalah respons atas permintaan maaf.
2.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Yahya : Let me help you fix the motorcycle, Sir. Mr. Lilik : You’re very kind, boy. ________ Yahya : You’re welcome. A. Thank you. B. Can I ask you something? C. Any better idea? D. Sorry. Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Yahya ingin menolong Pak Lilik memperbaiki sepeda motornya. Respons yang tepat atas bantuan/pertolongan seseorang adalah ucapan terima kasih (Thank you). Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan untuk meminta sesuatu, (C) ungkapan meminta pendapat, dan (D) ungkapan permintaan maaf.
3.
4.
A. Oh, sorry. B. Thank you. C. Please don’t trouble yourself. D. You don’t need to say that, O.K.? Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Nancy mengaduh karena telah terjadi sesuatu padanya. Maman yang bersalah segera meminta maaf dengan mengucapkan Oh sorry. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan berterima kasih, (C) adalah ungkapan menolak tawaran, dan (D) adalah respons permintaan maaf atau terima kasih. 5.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dea : You have already driven me home, thanks. Nora : ________ I’m glad to do it. A. Don’t do it. B. That’s a good idea. C. Sorry for trouble you. D. Don’t mention it. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Dea mengucapkan terima kasih kepada Nora karena telah mengantarnya pulang. Respons yang tepat atas ucapan terima kasih adalah Don’t mention it. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah ungkapan larangan, (B) adalah ungkapan persetujuan, dan (C) adalah ungkapan permintaan maaf.
F.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Nancy : Ouch! Maman : ________ I really didn’t mean to.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ulfa : Do you bring my comic book today? Patty : Oops! I forget it. ________ Ulfa : All right, then. But promise me to bring it tomorrow. Patty : I will. A. That’s fine. B. Not at all. C. I’m very sorry. D. I agree with you. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Patty lupa membawa buku komik Ulfa padahal dia harus mengembalikannya pada hari itu. Dia pun meminta maaf atas kealpaannya tersebut. Ungkapan yang benar adalah I’m very sorry. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah respons permintaan maaf, (B) adalah respons ungkapan terima kasih, dan (D) adalah ungkapan persetujuan.
Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences. Read your work aloud.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. That goat has three horns. 2. You don’t have a dictionary. 3. Vivian always has a bright idea. 4. What do we have for lunch, Mom? 5. Does Dede have a printer at home? 6. Lucky has some money in his pocket. 7. Helvi and Jaya have a new English teacher.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
137
8. Yusnia doesn’t have a problem with science. 9. The students don’t have any homework tomorrow. 10. Nanang is very upset today because he has a bad mark. G.
Find the meanings of the following words. Then, make sentences using the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. horn = tanduk 2. dictionary = kamus 3. bright = cemerlang, pintar 4. lunch = makan siang 5. idea = gagasan 6. pocket = saku 7. problem = masalah 8. science = sains (ilmu pengetahuan) 9. upset = gelisah 10. mark = nilai Contoh jawaban: 1. People hunt deer for their horns. 2. I need a dictionary to translate the English text. 3. Mirna is really a bright student. 4. Nina invites me for lunch together in her house. 5. Everyone agrees with the idea to go to the beach this weekend. 6. I put some money in my pocket. 7. We need to solve the problem soon. 8. My little brother likes science subject. 9. Mother looks upset because my brother hasn’t come home. 10. My teacher is very pleased because all the students get good marks. H.
Does each sentence have the correct pronoun? Correct the incorrect one(s). Underline the pronouns.
1. Where did you put it? 2. 3. Helena invited we to her party. 4. 5. Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now. Jawaban: 1. Correct : Where did you put it? 2. Incorrect : I called them just now. 3. Incorrect : Helena invited us to her party. 4. Incorrect : Mother asked me to get some salt. 5. Correct : Ms. Leksita wants to meet him now.
A. 1.
138
Practice the dialogs with your friend. Do it in turns. David Shop assistant David Shop assistant David
UNIT 3 Thank You
: : : : :
I need some envelopes, please. What size do you need? The medium one, please. Here you are. Thank you.
I called they just now. Mother asked I to get some salt.
2.
B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Shop assistant : You’re welcome. Anything else? David : No, thank you. Here’s the money. Fabio : Good afternoon. Can I talk to Hans, please? Hans : Hans speaking. Fabio : Hans, this is Fabio. Sorry for telling you this. Hans : What is that? It sounds very serious. Fabio : It is. I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk. Hans : How can you? Fabio : I didn’t know that there are viruses in my computer. Your flash disk was infected. I tried to clean the viruses, but the data were corrupted. Sorry, Hans. Hans : It’s all right. I have the back-up data in my computer. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. For dialog 1. According to you, where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In a stationery shop. What does David need? Jawaban: He needs medium sized envelopes. For dialog 2. When does the dialog occur? Jawaban: In the afternoon. What did Fabio say when he lost Hans’ data? Jawaban: He said, “I do apologize for losing your data in your flash disk.” How does Fabio feel at that time? Jawaban: He feels very sorry for that.
Variasi: Practice the dialogs and then answer the questions. 1. Nano : Excuse me, Miss! You dropped something. Ms. Wisley : Did I? Nano : You dropped your purse. Here you are. Ms. Wisley : Oh, thank you very much. Nano : My pleasure. 2. Sita : What are you doing, boys? Jason : We’re playing games and it’s fun. Sita : But you disturb me. I will have an examination tomorrow, you know. Jason : Sorry. Sita : Please play outside, will you? Jason : O.K. Let’s go, guys. We play the games in the yard. 3. Mrs. Nur : Wow, amazing! The house is clean and tidy. Who did this, Yen? Yeni : We did it, Mom. Mrs. Nur : You mean, you and your sister? Yeni : Yes, Mom! Mrs. Nur : I do appreciate it, dear. Yeni : Thanks, Mom. Mrs. Nur : Don’t mention it. Questions: 1. For dialog 1. Why did Nano said “My pleasure.”? Jawaban: He responded to Ms. Wisley’s gratitude.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
139
2. 3. 4. 5.
C. 1.
For dialog 2. Why did Sita ask Jason to play outside? Jawaban: Because he disturbed her. What did Jason say when he disturbed Sita? Jawaban: He said, “Sorry.” For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Mother and her daughter. What did Mrs. Nur say to express her gratitude? Jawaban: She said, “I do appreciate it, dear.”
Complete the dialogs with the suitable words in the boxes. Practice them with your friends. Jessica walks into a shoe store. She wants to buy a pair of new shoes. Thanks. Is there anything I can help you?
● ●
● ●
See you then. I’ll be right back.
Clerk : (a) ________ Jessica : Yes. Do you have these shoes in size thirty-eight? Clerk : Let me check it in the stockroom. Jessica : (b) ________ I’d like to try on a pair if you have them. Clerk : O.K. Wait a minute, please. (c) ________ Jawaban: a. Is there anything I can help you? b. Thanks. c. I’ll be right back. 2.
Sherina is in a bank to save her money. She’s waiting in line to get her turn, but suddenly . . . . O.K. What can I do for you?
● ●
● ●
Hi. Thanks a lot.
Sherina : Excuse me, can you do me a favor, please? Stranger : Sure. (a) ________ Sherina : Can you save my place for me, please? Nature’s calling. Stranger : (b) ________ But hurry. The line is moving fast. Sherina : (c) ________ I won’t be long. Jawaban: a. What can I do for you? b. O.K. c. Thanks a lot. Variasi: Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan di bawah ini berdasarkan perintah yang sama. 1. Mr. and Mrs. Rustanta are in the railway station. They have to wait for the train for a while. Then, they are looking for seats. Fortunately, they spot two empty seats in the lobby. ●
Thank you.
●
That’s great!
●
I’m sorry.
●
You’re welcome.
Mr. Rustanta : Excuse me. Is this seat taken? Harry : (Put down the magazine.) (a) ________ What did you just say? It’s too noisy here.
140
UNIT 3 Thank You
Mr. Rustanta : Err . . . will someone be using this seat? Harry : No. Mr. Rustanta : Would you mind moving over one seat so my wife and I could sit together? Harry : No, not at all. Mr. Rustanta : (b) ________ Harry : (c) ________ Jawaban: a. I’m sorry. b. Thank you. c. You’re welcome. 2.
Stefi went to Surabaya last week. She did not know Surabaya very well, and she lost her way. ● ●
Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know. Please don’t feel bad about it.
● ●
I can’t say that. Excuse me, Madam.
Stefi : (a) ________ Woman : Yes? Stefi : Do you know Jl. Untung Surapati, Madam? Woman : Jalan Untung Suropati? Let me think. Stefi : Well? Woman : (b) ________ Please ask that man. He might know. Stefi : O.K., Madam. Thanks. Woman : I’m very sorry I can’t help you. Stefi : (c) ___________________________ Jawaban: a. Excuse me, Madam. b. Hmm . . . sorry, I don’t know. c. Please don’t feel bad about it. 3.
Neno passed through the red light and was caught by the police officer. ● ●
Oh, sorry, Sir. There’s no reason to apologize for that.
● ●
It would be fine. Is there anything wrong, Sir?
Neno : (a) ________ Officer : Yes. You passed through the red light. Neno : No, I didn’t. It was yellow when I passed through. Officer : Sorry, but may I see your driver license, please? Neno : (b) ________ I don’t have it on me now. I think I leave it at home. Officer : (c) ________ Here’s your ticket. See you in the court next week. Jawaban: a. Is there anything wrong, Sir? b. Oh, sorry, Sir. c. There’s no reason to apologize for that.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
141
D.
Rearrange the sentences into good dialogs. Practice them with your friend(s).
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. Mr. Hartawan is in the baggage claim. He tries to find his suitcase. 7 Mr. Hartawan : Let me see it. That’s right. Thank you. 3 Mr. Hartawan : It’s a black suitcase and it’s got a zip. There’s a tag with my name and address on it. 5 Mr. Hartawan : No, that’s not mine. 1 Mr. Hartawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the plane to Makassar this morning. : What about this one? 6 Attendant : Is this yours? 4 Attendant Attendant : Delighted I was able to help. 8 : Can you describe it, Sir? 2 Attendant 2.
Nugraha is playing football with his friends. Suddenly . . . . 3 Nugraha : I stepped on a thorn or something. 7 Nugraha : Thank you. 1 Nugraha : Ouch! 5 Nugraha : I might step on a piece of glass. 2 Lukman : What’s the matter, Nug? 6 Lukman : It could be. Well, let me take you home. 4 Lukman : Let me have a look! There is nothing, except a small cut. 8 Lukman : Anytime.
3.
It’s a hot day. Santi feels exhausted. She wants to drink her apple juice in the fridge, but it is not there now. So, she asks her brother. : Have you? 3 Santi : Nang, where’s my apple juice? Don’t tell me you have drunk it! 1 Santi Santi : You really disappoint me. 7 : How could you? Didn’t you know that it was mine? 5 Santi Danang : Hmm. Sorry, I couldn’t help it. I felt very thirsty after playing football, so I drank it. 4 6 Danang : I know, sorry. Well, let me get one for you. Please wait. 2 Danang : Sorry, I have. 8 Danang : Sorry.
Variasi: Siswa disuruh melakukan kegiatan berikut berdasarkan perintah yang sama. 1. Mr. Blake’s car was broken two days ago. He put it in the car workshop. Now he’s checking it if it’s already done. 3 Mr. Blake : It’s B 454 H. Have your mechanics finished yet? 5 Mr. Blake : When will you make it ready? 1 Mr. Blake : Excuse me. Is my car ready yet? 7 Mr. Blake : Thanks. 2 Attendant : What’s your car number, Sir? 6 Attendant : Let me call the mechanic. He’ll tell you about it. 8 Attendant : My pleasure. 4 Attendant : I’m so sorry, Sir. My mechanics are still working on it.
142
UNIT 3 Thank You
2.
Mita is on a bus on her way home. 8 Conductor : Can you change this fifty thousand note, Madam? 1 Conductor : Fares, please! 10 Conductor : Thank you, Madam. 3 Conductor : I’m sorry. I don’t have any change for a fifty thousand note. Haven’t you got any small change? Conductor : Please, wait. Let me ask some of the passengers, then. 5 Do you have any small change, Sir? Mita : Sorry. I don’t have it, Sir. 4 : Here, Sir. Kebon jeruk, please. 2 Mita Passenger A : No, I don’t, sorry. 6 7 Passenger B : I haven’t got any either. : Don’t mention it. 11 A woman A woman : Let me see. Oh, I’ve got some. Here you’re. 9
E.
Work in pairs. Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice them with your partner.
1.
You always do the house work, like mopping and sweeping the floor as well as watering the flowers. Your brother/sister often helps you. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you. 2. You are going to your teacher’s house. You don’t know where it is. You ask someone about the address. Express your gratitude after he/she helps you. 3. You notice that your teacher is in trouble. She has to pull her motorcycle. You offer some help and she expresses her gratitude. Respond her properly. 4. You are visiting your friend with your little sister. You are chatting with her when suddenly your sister breaks a vase. You ask for her apology. She understands that and forgives you. 5. You received a phone call from your sister’s friend. She wanted your sister to call her. Unfortunately, you forgot. You remember it the next morning, but it’s too late. You ask for your sister’s forgiveness. She forgives you and tells you not to do it again some other time. You promise that. Contoh jawaban: 1. Your sister : Let me help you mop the floor. You : O great! Thanks. Your sister : Don’t mention it. 2. You : Excuse me, Sir. Old man : Yes? You : Do you know Mr. Rudianto’s house? Old man : Mr. Rudianto’s house? Err . . . it’s two blocks from here. It’s on the left side with brown wall. You : Thank you, Sir. Old man : You’re welcome. 3. You : It seems you’re in trouble, Ma’am. Let me help you. Your teacher : That’s O.K. I can manage it myself. You : But I insist to help you. Who knows I can fix your motorcycle, Ma’am. Your teacher : Well, then. I appreciate it. You : Anytime.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
143
4.
You Your friend You You Your sister You Your sister You
5.
F.
: : : : : : : :
O, sorry. My little sister broke your beautiful vase. I’ll change it. That’s alright. Don’t trouble yourself. She’s just a little girl. Thank you for your understanding. Oops, sorry for telling you this. What’s up? You got a phone call from Viona yesterday afternoon. But sorry, I forgot to tell you that. That’s O.K. But never ever do that again, will you? I won’t. I promise.
Look at the pictures and read the words.
1
2
Pic. source: www.rapidonline.com
eraser 6
3
Pic. source: www.globe-shop
Pic. source: www.magneticframes.com
Pic. source: www.senpol.com
color pencils 12
Pic. source: www_fredaldous_com
Pic. source: www.upload.wikimedia
rubber
laptop
144
pencil
UNIT 3 Thank You
Pic. source: www.straitscomart.com
computer
Pic. source: www.mirza.com
Pic. source: www_engineersedge_com
dictionary 15
Pic. source: dokumentasi penerbit
Pic. source: www_artsuply_com
backpack 19
printer
Pic. source: dokumentasi penerbit
compass
board markers
Pic. source: www.ireviewelectronics.com
calculator 10
14
Pic. source: www.viscot.com
Pic. source: www.critocn.com
correction pens
water color
18
Pic. source: dokumentasi penerbit
5
9
13
17
Pic. source: www.ahits.biz
ruler 8
11
16
Pic. source: dokumentasi penerbit
pencil sharpener 7
crayons
4
ink 20
Pic. source: www.avdeals.com
LCD projector
Pic. source: www.kohdesign.com
screen
G.
Ask and answer questions based on the pictures in Task F. Use the verb have/has.
Example: You : Sandi, do you have a dictionary? Sandi : Yes, I have one. You : May I use it for a second? Sandi : Sure. Here you’re. You : Thanks. Contoh jawaban: Reno : How many pens do you have? Tia : I have three. Reno : Do you have the red one? Tia : Yes. I have two red pens. Reno : May I borrow one? Tia : Sure. Here you are. H.
Do all the sentences use the verb ‘have/has’ correctly? Correct the incorrect ones.
1. How many feet does a spider have? 2. Does Ms. Kartini has three children? 3. SMPN 6 doesn’t has an English laboratory. 4. Vina have an excellent performance. 5. Diana has blue eyes. 6. That house have three stairs. 7. Do you have a jacket? 8. Oki and Sani has good English speaking skill. 9. Do they have any homework today? 10. Those tourist buses only has thirty seats. Jawaban: 1. Correct. 2. Incorrect. Does Ms. Kartini have three children? 3. Incorrect. SMPN 6 doesn’t have an English laboratory. 4. Incorrect. Vina has an excellent performance. 5. Correct. 6. Incorrect. That house has three stairs. 7. Correct. 8. Incorrect. Oki and Sani have good English speaking skill. 9. Correct. 10. Incorrect. Those tourist buses only have thirty seats. I.
Complete the dialogs with the correct form of the verb ‘have’. Practice them with your friend.
Dialog 1 Heny : I (1) ________ two doughnuts. Do you want some? Reina : No, thanks. Jane (2) ________ her lunch and she has promised to give me some. Heny : What does she (3) ________? Mona : She (4) ________ hamburgers.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
145
Dialog 2 Lala : Rossi (5) ________ a sister. Her mother just gave birth to a baby last night. Unang : Does she? Lala : I got a short message from Kiki. She told me that. Unang : So, Rossi’s mother (6) ________ three children now, a boy and two girls. Dialog 3 Hadi : Do me a favor, Rif? Rifky : Sure. What’s up? Hadi : I want to write a letter, but I don’t (7) ________ any paper. Rifky : Well, I (8) ________ some. Here you are. Hadi : Thanks. Dialog 4 Fajar : Do you think Dadang (9) ________ a handphone? Eka : I think so. He (10) ________ one, but he can’t use it to browse in the Internet. Jawaban: 1. have 2. has 3. have 4. has 5. has 6. has 7. have 8. have 9. has 10. has J. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Read and understand the sentences below. Pay attention to the bold typed words. My parents bought me a new mobile phone. Ms. Riani told us to attend the meeting immediately. Who was the girl with you last night? Father is in the garden. Tell him that Mr. Rusmanto is here. Have you ever met her before? No, I haven’t.
Variasi: Do the following sentences use the pronouns correctly? Correct the incorrect ones. 1. Let them play outside. 2. I will use it immediately. 3. Where will us meet the Principal? 4. That’s Rona. Shall I call she now? 5. Ella told I that she would be home late. 6. Mother gave me some money this morning. 7. Turn off the computer and leave them there. 8. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now. 9. Is this your car, Sir? Him will leave soon. Please park it in the parking area. 10. Your brother is sleeping. Wake he up because he has to go to work early. Jawaban: 1. Correct. 2. Correct. 3. Incorrect. Where will we meet the principal? 4. Incorrect. That’s Rona. Shall I call her now? 5. Incorrect. Ella told me that she would be home late. 6. Correct. 7. Incorrect. Turn off the computer and leave it there. 8. Incorrect. I have to speak to Mr. Ronald now. He will leave soon. 9. Correct. 10. Incorrect. Your brother is sleeping. Wake him up because he has to go to work early.
146
UNIT 3 Thank You
K.
Choose the correct pronouns in brackets to complete the sentences. Read your work with proper pronunciation.
1. Please tell ________ (I, me) who those girls are. 2. Do ________ (I, you) know Afgan? ________ (He, She) is a new pop singer star. 3. Grandma just received a letter. ________ (He, She) wants ________ (I, me) to read ________ (it, its) for ________ (her, him). 4. Gladys has her 15th birthday party today. ________ (She, You) invites her friends. ________ (They, Them) enjoy the party very much. 5. Father bought some books for ________ (we, us). ________ (I, He) bought ________ (it, them) in Cemerlang Stationary Shop. 6. Those boys are going to the field. ________ (We, They) are going to play football together. 7. Our teachers always remind ________ (me, us) to study well for the exam. 8. Naughty boy! Don’t tease your little sister and make ________ (she, her) cry. 9. Mom, Ms. Mawar just phoned ________ (you, us). ________ (He, She) asked ________ (me, you) to call ________ (her, him) back. 10. In this library ________ (we, us) usually spend our second break time. Jawaban: 1. me 2. you; He 3. She; me; it; her 4. She; They 5. us; He; them 6. They 7. us 8. her 9. you; She; you; her 10. we Variasi: Complete the sentences with correct pronouns. 1. Please tell Mr. Irianto. I want to meet ________ in a few seconds. 2. Alfi has a pair of rabbits as pets. He keeps ________ in a nice cage. 3. Your sister is in the yard. Call ________ to have lunch. 4. Utami tells her friends that Mr. Setyadi is in hospital. She said to her friends, “Let ________ visit him this afternoon.” 5. Agung is helping his mother clean the house. He keeps all old magazines and newspapers in a box. Then, he puts ________ in the warehouse. 6. We see a comedy film now. The action makes ________ laugh all the time. 7. Your music is too loud, Reed. Please turn ________ down, will you? 8. Kartini tells her brother, “My friends, Dallon, Uci and Halida, will be here in a minute. Please let ________ know when they are here.” 9. That girl is my new neighbor. ________ want to visit her this afternoon. 10. Keep yourself busy, so you will never think to use drugs. They will surely harm ________. Jawaban: 1. him 2. them 3. her 4. us 5. them 6. us 7. it 8. me 9. I 10. you L.
Complete the dialog below with correct pronouns.
Aji finished his mid-term test last week. He got his grades today. He tells his parents about his scores now. Aji : Mom, Dad. (1) ________ have got my grades. Mother : Tell us. How did (2) ________ do it?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
147
Aji
: Well, I got 98 for the English lesson and 99 for Science. I got 93 for Math, 97 for Civics and 96 for Religion. Father : That’s wonderful! You are really the best student in class, aren’t you? Aji : Yes, Dad. But I only got 90 for Social sciences. Mother : Never mind. It’s more than enough. You know, son, you make (3) ________ very proud of you. Father : But remember. You should keep your pace. Your friends will study harder. They want to be the best next time. Mother : Don’t let (4) ________ pass you in the next corner. Aji : Yes, Mom, Dad. Wish (5) ________ luck. Jawaban: 1. I 2. you 3. us 4. them 5. me M. Practice the dialog in Task L with your friend. N.
Tell the class where you and your friends sit. Use ordinal numbers. See the example.
Example: Good morning, friends. Let me tell you something. I sit in the second row. Galang sits beside me. Monalisa sits in front of me. So, she sits in the first row. Edy sits behind me. It means he sits in the third row. Variasi: Ask and answer questions like the example. Example: A : How many students are there in your classroom? B : There are forty students. A : Where do you sit? B : I sit in the third row. What about yours? A : There are also forty students in my classroom. I sit in the first row.
O.
Ask and answer questions about your duty rooster and the schedule. See the example.
Example: You : Hi, Maya! You have to clean the classroom today, right? Maya : What day is it today? You : Friday. Maya : No . . . no. I have the duty to clean the classroom on Saturday. You : Oh, sorry. By the way, when will we have the Science test? Maya : Science test? It’s on next Monday, I’m afraid. You : Thanks.
148
UNIT 3 Thank You
3.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Gratitude Cards
Spoken Text Listen to your teacher. Study the explanation. Mona, your friend Deswita just called. She reminded you to bring the atlas. Thanks, Mom.
The text is a spoken message. Mona’s mother just got that message from Deswita. Then, she delivered it to Mona. Remember! You should deliver any messages whenever you get them. You know, you may forget them if you delay to deliver them.
Written Text Read and understand the text. Dear Rosa, The party has done. Everything ran well. Thank you for your support. I may need your help some other time. Thank you again. Dora
The text above is a gratitude card. Dora wrote it in order to express her gratitude for Rosa’s support in her party. You need to write a similar card some day, especially in the Mother’s Day.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
149
Read the text and answer the questions.
Dad, Mr. Hasbi called you when you took shower. He didn’t leave any messages. He will call you back later.
Questions: 1. Who delivers the message? Jawaban: A son/daughter to his/her father does. 2. What is it about? Jawaban: About Mr. Hasbi’s call when the father took shower. 3. Who just called? Jawaban: Mr. Hasbi did. 4. What would he do later? Jawaban: He would call back later.
A.
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions below.
Pesan singkat yang dibacakan guru: Mother : Iwang, you got a package from abroad. I put it on your desk. Iwang : Thanks, Mom. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B.
Who delivers the message? Jawaban: Iwang’s mother does. What is the message about? Jawaban: About a package from abroad for Iwang. “I put it on your desk.” What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: A package. Where can Iwang get it? Jawaban: On his desk. What did Iwang say to express his gratitude? Jawaban: He said, “Thanks, Mom.” Listen to your teacher. Write down the message.
Pesan lisan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer. She will go to the meeting. 150
UNIT 3 Thank You
C.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the message in Task B. Answer the questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who gets the message? 2. Who sends the message? 3. What is the message about? 4. “Erwin, Ms. Silvia wants you to turn off her computer.” What does the words ‘turn off’ in Indonesian mean? 5. Why does she ask him to do so? Jawaban: 1. Erwin does. 3. About turning off the computer. 5. She will go to the meeting.
A.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Ms. Silvia does. It means ‘mematikan’.
Say the messages below with proper pronunciation. 1
B.
2. 4.
Wulan, Esti just called you when you were in the toilet. She wanted to ask you about the mathematics homework. She would call you back.
2
Mom, Ms. Indiah was here half an hour ago. She invites you to visit Ms. Ista in hospital. She’s waiting for your confirmation.
Answer the questions below based on the messages in Task A. Who is Esti? Jawaban: Wulan’s classmate. Why did she call Wulan? Jawaban: She wanted to ask Wulan about the mathematics homework. What would she do then? Jawaban: She would call Wulan back. What is the message 2 about? Jawaban: About an invitation to visit someone in hospital. Who is in hospital? Jawaban: Ms. Ista is.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
151
Variasi: Read the text and answer the questions. Roni, Stevi borrows your dictionary. He will give it back to you after the test.
Questions: 1. In your opinion, why did Roni got a message? Jawaban: Because Stevi didn’t meet Roni by himself when he borrowed the dictionary. 2. When will he return it? Jawaban: After the test.
C.
Make spoken messages based on the situations below.
1.
Your father is taking a nap. Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop just called. He said that your father’s car is done. He asked your father to take it before 5 p.m. today. 2. Mother used your brother’s printer a few minutes ago. Now it runs out of ink. She doesn’t know how to refill it. Then, she asks you to tell your brother about it. 3. The principal wants to meet the captain of the class. She is in the library now. The principal asks you to tell her about it now. Contoh jawaban: 1. Dad, Mr. Setiawan from Unggul Repair Shop called while you were taking a nap. Your car is done. He asked you to take it before 5 p.m. today. 2. Vito, mom just used your printer. It runs out of ink now. Mom doesn’t know how to refill it. 3. Hertina, the principal is looking for you. He wants to meet you now in his office.
Read the texts and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the text and answer questions 1 and 2. I don’t know what to say to express my gratitude. You did a great job to support me solve my problem. Thank you very much. Berlina
152
UNIT 3 Thank You
1.
The card is about ________. A. Berlina’s achievement B. Berlina’s problem C. Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s support D. how to solve Berlina’s problem Jawaban: C Isi teks tersebut disimpulkan dari frasa ’to express my gratitude’ (untuk menyampaikan rasa terima kasih saya) dan kalimat kedua yang artinya ”Kamu bekerja bagus untuk mendorong saya menyelesaikan masalah.”. Jadi, isi teks tersebut tentang ucapan terima kasih Berlina atas dorongan seseorang (Berlina’s gratitude for someone’s support).
2.
Berlina sent the card because ________. A. she could solve her problem with her friend’s support B. she wanted to meet her friend C. her friend did a great job D. her friend helped her solve the problem well Jawaban: D Alasan Berlina mengirim kartu ucapan itu karena temannya telah mendorongnya menyelesaikan masalah dengan baik (her friend helped her solve the problem well), yang disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua yang artinya ”Kamu bekerja dengan bagus untuk mendorong saya menyelesaikan masalah.”.
4.
Read the text and answer questions 3 to 5.
Dear Uncle and Aunt Johnson, I am very grateful to have you both. You are always there when I need you. You always cheer me up when I’m down. Thanks, Uncle and Auntie. I’ll never forget that. Love, Seno
3.
Who sent the card? A. Uncle Johnson did. B. Aunt Johnson did. C. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s niece. D. Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s nephew.
5.
Jawaban: D Nama pengirim biasanya ditulis di bagian akhir kartu, yaitu Seno (anak laki-laki). Berdasarkan sapaan yang ditulis di kartu, ’Uncle and Auntie’, dapat disimpulkan yang mengirim kartu adalah keponakan laki-laki Paman dan Bibi Johnson (Uncle and Aunt Johnson’s nephew). Seno sends that gratitude card because ________ A. they always remember him B. they always accompany him whenever he needs them C. he never forgets them D. he always accompany them whenever they need him Jawaban: B Alasan Seno mengirim kartu ucapan adalah untuk berterima kasih kepada paman dan bibinya yang selalu berada di sampingnya kapan pun dia membutuhkan mereka (they always accompany him whenever he needs them), yang disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua dan ketiga. “You always cheer me up when I’m down.” The underlined word means ________ A. feeling sad B. feeling lonely C. falling D. feeling happy Jawaban: A Klausa ”when I’m down” bermakna ”ketika saya terpuruk”. Kata ’terpuruk’ bisa diartikan seseorang sedang merasakan kesedihan (feeling sad), bukan merasa sendirian (feeling lonely), jatuh (falling) dalam arti sebenarnya, ataupun merasa senang (feeling happy).
Variasi: Read the gratitude card below with proper pronunciation. Then, answer the questions.
I repaired my car in your repair shop two days ago. I’m using it now. It’s fantastic. You did everything well. Thanks. Halim, Jalan Pinang Mas No. 59 Bekasi
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
153
Questions: 1. What is the card about? Jawaban: About a fantastic car repairment. 2. Who sent it? Jawaban: Mr. Halim did. 3. According to you, why did he send the card? Jawaban: He felt satisfied with the car repairment. 4. Who received it? Jawaban: The repair shop did. 5. “I’m using it now.” What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: Mr. Halim’s car.
Make gratitude cards based on the situations below. Read your work with proper pronunciation. 1.
You’ve just finished your mid-term test. Your brother/sister helped you prepare yourself for the test. You want to write a card to thank him/her. 2. You couldn’t use your computer for weeks because it was broken. Luckily, your uncle came and he fixed it. You can use your computer now. You send a gratitude card to your uncle. 3. Your parents got a present from a new neighbor. They are very pleased with the present. Then, they decide to send him/her a gratitude card. Contoh jawaban: 1.
Julie, I’ve finished my mid-term test today. I’m very grateful that you are always beside me. I do hope my score will be good. Thanks a lot. Tiara
3.
Dear Mr. Hartawan, We’re very pleased to have your excellent present. We thank you for it. Sincerely, Gunawan and family
154
UNIT 3 Thank You
2.
Uncle Yoyok, thanks for your effort to fix my computer. I don’t need to rent a computer now. Thank you, Uncle. Your niece, Retno
Collect some gratitude cards. List the expressions used in the cards. Share your work with the class.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. apologize apology appreciate behave boarding house break change
: : : : : : :
delay deliver dial disturb especially
: : : : :
meminta maaf permintaan maaf menghargai bertingkah laku asrama istirahat uang kembalian, uang receh menunda menyampaikan menelepon menganggu khususnya
fix forgive grateful gratitude invite kindness manner message offer pass through repair shop step on tidy unintentionally upset
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
memperbaiki memaafkan merasa berterima kasih rasa terima kasih mengundang kebaikan sopan-santun pesan menawarkan melintas, melewati bengkel menginjak rapi secara tidak sengaja gelisah
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
155
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Sofia : I have a pen friend from Medan. Now she comes to this town. Can you accompany me to meet her? Pipin : ________. I have many things to do now. Sofia : What about tomorrow afternoon? Pipin : O.K., no problem. A. O.K., let’s go B. I am very sorry, I can’t C. No, thanks D. Thank you for your offer Jawaban: B Berdasarkan isi percakapan, Sofia mengajak Pipin untuk menemui sahabat penanya. Ternyata Pipin mempunyai banyak pekerjaan (kalimat ”I have many things to do.”) sehingga dia tidak bisa. Dia pun meminta maaf karena tidak bisa menemani Sofia. Jadi, ungkapan yang sesuai adalah I am very sorry, I can’t. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 2. Look! Here is my school. It ________ a wide school yard. We always play there during the break. A. has B. have C. is D. makes Jawaban: A Kalimat rumpang itu artinya ”Sekolah saya . . . halaman sekolah yang luas.”. Berdasarkan artinya, kalimat itu memerlukan kata kerja has yang artinya mempunyai karena subjek kalimat adalah it. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena have digunakan untuk subjek you, I, we, they atau subjek jamak, (C) dan (D) salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat tersebut. For questions 3 and 4, choose the correct words or sentences to complete the dialog. Rosana : What time will you leave for Korea? Topo : At 8 a.m. Rosana : Let me call a taxi for (3) ________. 156
UNIT 3 Thank You
Topo : (4) ________. Rosana : You’re welcome. 3. A. her B. him C. you D. them Jawaban: C Berdasarkan ucapan Rosana, dia ingin memanggilkan taksi untuk Topo. Dalam percakapan tersebut, Topo adalah orang kedua. Object pronoun orang kedua adalah you. 4. A. I’m not sure B. I’m sorry I can’t C. Thank you for your help D. I don’t know what to say Jawaban: C Berdasarkan respons Rosana ”You’re welcome.” yang artinya ”Sama-sama.”, itu berarti Topo mengucapkan rasa terima kasih. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena ucapan itu mengungkapkan keraguan (expressing doubt), (B) salah karena ucapan tersebut digunakan untuk meminta maaf (apologizing), dan (D) salah karena ucapan tersebut digunakan untuk menolak memberi pendapat (refuse to give an opinion). This dialog is for questions 5 and 6. Edo : (5) ________, Sir. I come late. Teacher : That’s all right. Go to your seat. 5. A. B. C. D.
Let me explain I’m sorry I’m happy I’m glad you like it Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat Edo ”I come late.” yang artinya ”Saya datang terlambat.”, kalimat yang tepat diucapkan sebelumnya adalah kalimat permintaan maaf, yaitu I’m sorry. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai konteks percakapan. 6. The A. B. C. D.
dialog happens ________. at home in the library in the teacher’s office in the classroom
Jawaban: D Berdasarkan konteksnya, percakapan itu terjadi di kelas (in the classroom). Hal ini terbukti Edo meminta maaf kepada gurunya karena terlambat masuk kelas. Pilihan jawaban yang lainnya salah karena tidak sesuai konteks percakapan. This dialog is for questions 7 and 8. Grocer : Sorry, Madam. Do you (7) ________ a small change? I can’t change this one hundred thousand note. Mrs. Tya : I’m very sorry. I’ve got no small change. 7. A. have B. has C. can D. think Jawaban: A Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, pedagang itu meminta uang selain Rp100.000,00 karena dia tidak mempunyai uang kembalian. Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat pertanyaan tersebut adalah have yang artinya mempunyai. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena pilihan itu digunakan pada kalimat affirmative dengan subjek tunggal, (C) salah karena can yang artinya dapat bukan kata kerja, dan (D) yang artinya berpikir salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks isi percakapan. 8. The dialog takes place ________. A. at the market B. at home C. in a library D. in a restaurant Jawaban: A Percakapan itu terjadi antara pedagang (grocer) dan pembeli (Bu Tya). Jadi, percakapan itu terjadi di pasar (at the market). Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya rumah, (C) yang artinya di perpustakaan, dan (D) yang artinya rumah makan salah karena tidak sesuai dengan tokoh yang berbicara dalam percakapan tersebut. 9. Mother : Who are those girls? Merry : They are Ratih and Juliet, Mom.
Mother : Get ________ some drink and cookies. Merry : Sure, Mom. A. me B. us C. them D. they Jawaban: C Kalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimat perintah yang berpola verb base + object + complement. Jadi, kalimat tersebut memerlukan object pronouns. Object pronoun ini mengacu pada objek di kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Ratih dan Juliet. Karena objeknya adalah orang ketiga jamak, object pronouns yang benar adalah them. 10. Gusti : Don’t sit on the chair. There is a sharp nail on ________. Denia : Oh, thanks. A. you B. it C. him D. them Jawaban: B Ucapan Gusti memerlukan object pronoun. Objek kalimat tersebut sudah disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu the chair. Oleh karena itu, untuk menghindari pengulangan object pronoun yang benar adalah it karena menggantikan benda mati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai sebagai kata ganti the chair. Read the text and answer questions 11 and 12. I am an SMP student. My name is Tessa. I have one elder sister and two younger brothers. My sister’s name is Kirana and my brothers’ names are Odi and Miko. 11. Tessa is the ________ child in her family. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth Jawaban: B Berdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyai satu kakak perempuan dan dua adik lakilaki, kalimat ”I have one elder sister and two younger brothers.”. Itu berarti Tessa adalah anak kedua (second). 12. Tessa’s parents have ________ children. A. four B. five C. six D. seven
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
157
Lola : Here we are. Thanks for giving me a lift. Jones : Any time. That’s what friends are for. Lola : Please drop in. Jones : No, thanks. May be some other time. Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow. Jones : See you.
Jawaban: A Berdasarkan isi teks, Tessa mempunyai satu kakak perempuan dan dua adik lakilaki. Itu berarti orang tua Tessa mempunyai empat (four) orang anak. 13. pencil sharpener – do – have – a – you – 1
2
3
4
5
Jill – ? 6
7
The best arrangement of the words to make a good sentence is ________. A. 2–5–3–4–1–6–7 B. 2–5–6–1–3–4–7 C. 2–5–6–3–4–1–7 D. 2–6–3–4–1–5–7 Jawaban: A Kalimat tersebut berbentuk kalimat tanya, sehingga diawali dengan kata kerja bantu (do) dan diikuti dengan subjek (you), kata kerja (have), objek (a pencil sharpener), sapaan (Jill), dan ditutup dengan tanda tanya (?). Jadi, kata-kata itu akan membentuk kalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Do you have a pencil sharpener, Jill?” yang artinya ”Apakah kamu mempunyai rautan pensil, Jill?”. Susunan yang benar adalah 2–5–3–4–1–6–7. Lola : Here we are. Thanks for giving me a lift. 2. Jones : No, thanks. May be some other time. 3. Lola : Please drop in. 4. Jones : Anytime. That’s what friends are for. 5. Lola : O.K. See you tomorrow. 6. Jones : O.K. 7. Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo. 8. Jones : See you. The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good dialog is ________. A. 7–6–1–4–2–3–5–8 B. 7–6–1–4–3–2–5–8 C. 7–6–2–4–3–1–5–8 D. 7–6–8–4–3–1–5–2 Jawaban: B Susunan kalimat itu akan membentuk percakapan sebagai berikut. Lola : We almost there. Turn left, Jo. Jones : O.K.
15. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Why are you late? I will, don’t worry. Here she comes. I got a flat tire on my way. I’m sorry to hear that. I hope you’ll be on time next time. 6. Sinta : I’m sorry for being late. The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good dialog is ________. A. 1–6–2–4–3–5 B. 3–6–1–4–5–2 C. 3–6–1–5–2–4 D. 3–6–2–4–1–5 Jawaban: B Susunan kalimat itu akan membentuk percakapan sebagai berikut. Anang : Here she comes. Sinta : I’m sorry for being late. Anang : Why are you late? Sinta : I got a flat tire on my way. Anang : I’m sorry to hear that. I hope you’ll be on time next time. Sinta : I will, don’t worry.
14. 1.
158
UNIT 3 Thank You
B. 1. 2. 3.
Anang : Sinta : Anang : Sinta : Anang :
Answer the questions.
Yesterday was Tuesday. What day is it today? Today is Friday. What day was it yesterday? Today is Friday. What day is it the following day? 4. When is the Mother’s Day? 5. Dino has an elder brother and a younger sister. Therefore, Dino is the ______ child in his family. Jawaban: 1. Today is Wednesday. 2. It was Thursday. 3. The following day is Sunday. 4. It is December 22. 5. second
C.
Make a spoken message based on the situation below.
Your sister’s friend, Jojo, just called. He couldn’t pick up your sister at 3:30 p.m. He could do it at 4p.m. He said sorry for that. Tell Jojo’s message to your sister. Contoh jawaban: Your friend Jojo just called. He apologized that he couldn’t pick you up at 3:30 p.m., but at 4 p.m. D.
Contoh jawaban:
Dear Berlina, Thanks for helping me preparing the party. The party ran well because of you. Thank you very much. Linda
Make a gratitude card based on the situation below.
Your close friend Berlina helped you prepare the party. The party ran well. You send a gratitude card to her.
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 4, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
159
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Mr. Egar : Are you busy, son? Koko : No, Dad. What’s up? Mr. Egar : Please wash the motorcycle. I want to use it in an hour. Koko : Right away, Dad. Mr. Egar : I appreciate it, boy. Thanks. Koko : My pleasure. 1. Where does the dialog happen? A. In an office. B. At home. C. At school. D. In a repair shop. 2. What expression of gratitude can you find in the dialog? A. My pleasure. B. Right away, Dad. C. Please wash the motorcycle. D. I appreciate it, boy. Thanks. For questions 3 to 5, choose the correct sentences to complete the following dialog. Rena : Everyone was looking for you yesterday. Where were you? Yessi : (3) ________ I have something to do. Rena : Why didn’t you call? You promised to go with us to the movie. Yessi : (4) ________ I had no time. I was in a hurry. Rena : Is that so? Yessi : Yeah, it is. Rena : That’s O.K. this time. By the way, may I know your problem? Yessi : I know you’re my best friend, but not in this case. (5) ________. 3. A. B. C. D.
160
Sorry. That’s all right. How do you know? Not at all.
UNIT 3 Thank You
4. A. B. C. D.
I forgive you. I know how you feel. I’m very sorry not telling you first. I’m all right, thanks.
5. A. B. C. D.
Thank you for your kindness. I don’t know what to say. Sorry, I can’t share it with you. It’s too late, I’m afraid.
For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Teacher : Let me ask you something. How many feet does an ant (6) ________? Student A : Ant is an insect. So, it must (7) ________ six feet. Teacher : What do you think? Student B : Err . . . his answer is correct, Sir. An ant (8) ________ six feet. Teacher : That’s right. 6. A. C.
has does have
7. A. B. C. D.
has don’t have doesn’t have have
8. A. B. C. D.
has have don’t have doesn’t have
B. D.
have doesn’t have
For questions 9 and 10, choose the correct words to complete the following dialog. Cindy is in Alice’s house. She sees many people there. Cindy : Al, there are many people around. Alice : Yeah. There are about eight people living here. Cindy : By the way, how many brothers or sisters do you have? Alice : I have two brothers. I’m the youngest, you know. Cindy : So, you are the (9) ________ child in your family.
Alice : Right. What about you? Cindy : I only have one sister. I’m the oldest. So, I’m the (10) ________ child in my family. Alice : I see. 9. A. B. C. D.
first second third fourth
10. A. B. C. D.
two one second first
11. Where will the woman go? A. She will go downstairs. B. She will go to the toilet. C. She will take a bath. D. She will go upstairs. 12. Where’s the toilet? A. It’s in the first floor. B. It’s in the second floor. C. It’s in the third floor. D. It’s upstairs. For questions 13 to 15, choose the correct words to complete the dialog. Widhi : Dad, are you expecting someone? Mr. Irwansah : No, I don’t. Why? Widhi : There’s someone outside. (13) ________ looks confused. Mr. Irwansah : Mm . . . let (14) ________ in. (15) ________ will ask him what he wants. Widhi : Sure, Dad. You He
her me
B. D.
him it
15. A. C.
I He
B. D.
She We
Read the dialog and answer questions 16 and 17. Grandma : What day is it today, Don? Dono : Today is Friday the eighteenth. Grandma : So, tomorrow is Saturday the twentieth. Dono : No, grandma. Tomorrow will be Saturday the nineteenth. Grandma : You’re right.
Read the dialog and answer questions 11 and 12. Woman : Excuse me, Sir. Man : Yes? Woman : Do you know where the toilet is? Man : Yes. It’s downstairs, in the first floor. Woman : I see. Thank you, Sir. Man : You’re welcome.
13. A. C.
14. A. C.
B. D.
16. The dialog takes place on ________. A. Saturday 19th B. Saturday 20th C. Friday 18th D. Friday 12th 17. What are Dono and his grandma talking about? A. About their business. B. About tomorrow’s activity. C. About the following day. D. About the day of that day. Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to 20. Saskia : Have you finished your biology report? Doni : I have. Saskia : Have you printed it? Doni : I have. Saskia : Excellent! Doni : Why do you ask? Saskia : I want to borrow your computer and printer. Doni : Haven’t you finished yours? Saskia : No, I haven’t. 18. Who are talking in the dialog? A. A manager and his secretary. B. Two teachers. C. Two students. D. Brother and sister.
I They
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
161
19. Saskia asked, “Have you printed it?” The word ‘it’ refers to ________. A. Doni’s work B. a printer C. a computer D. Saskia’s work
B.
Make a simple dialog. Use expressions of apologizing.
C.
Make a simple dialog. Use expressions of thanking.
D.
Write a gratitude card.
20. Which utensil would Saskia use?
162
A.
B.
C.
D.
UNIT 3 Thank You
Jawaban Review Unit 3 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. B. Percakapan itu terjadi antara ayah dengan anak laki-lakinya. Percakapan itu tentang permintaan bantuan sang ayah agar anak laki-lakinya mencucikan sepeda motornya. Berdasarkan konteks dan isi percakapan, jelas bahwa percakapan itu terjadi di rumah (at home). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. In an office artinya di kantor. At school artinya di sekolah. In a repair shop artinya di bengkel. 2. D. Koko bersedia membantu ayahnya mencucikan kendaraannya. Sebagai ucapan terima kasih Pak Egar mengucapkan, ”I appreciate it, boy.” yang artinya ”Saya menghargainya, nak.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan ekspresi terima kasih. My pleasure digunakan untuk merespons ucapan terima kasih. Right away, Dad digunakan untuk melaksanakan perintah. Please wash the motor cycle digunakan untuk memberi perintah. 3. A. Respons yang sesuai adalah permintaan maaf karena semua orang mencari Yessi dan dia tidak memberi tahu mereka. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah respons permintaan maaf, (C) adalah ungkapan meminta informasi, dan (D) adalah respons ucapan terima kasih. 4. C. Respons yang tepat diucapkan Yessi karena tidak menepati janji pergi nonton dan tidak menelepon untuk memberi tahu yang lain adalah ungkapan permintaan maaf, yaitu I’m very sorry not telling you first. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah respons permintaan maaf, (B) adalah ungkapan simpati, dan (D) adalah ungkapan menolak tawaran. 5. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya maaf, saya tidak dapat menceritakannya benar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari
6. B.
7. D.
8. A.
9. C.
10. D.
11. B.
12. A.
kalimat sebelumnya yang bermakna bahwa meskipun Rena adalah teman baiknya, Yessi tidak dapat memberitahukan masalahnya kepada Rena. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah ungkapan berterima kasih atas kebaikan seseorang, (B) adalah ungkapan simpati, dan (D) adalah respons permintaan maaf. Kalimat tanya yang menggunakan kata kerja have/has untuk subjek tunggal (an ant) memiliki struktur Wh-question . . . + does + subject + have + ?. Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah have. Kalimat affirmative positif dengan menggunakan kata kerja dan modal (must) memiliki pola: Subject + modal + have + . . . . Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah have. Kalimat affirmative positif (disimpulkan dengan kalimat ”. . . his answer is correct.” yang artinya ”. . . jawabannya benar.”) yang menggunakan subjek tunggal (an ant) dan kata kerja have/ has mempunyai pola Subject + has + . . . . Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah has. Berdasarkan kalimat Alice ”I have two brothers. I’m the youngest, . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya mempunyai dua saudara laki-laki. Saya yang termuda, . . . .” berarti Alice adalah anak ketiga (third) di keluarganya. First artinya pertama, second artinya kedua, dan fourth artinya keempat. Berdasarkan kalimat Cindy ”I’m the oldest.” yang artinya ”Saya adalah anak tertua.” berarti Cindy adalah anak pertama (first) di keluarganya. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat wanita itu, yaitu ”Do you know where the tiolet is?” yang artinya ”Apakah Anda tahu letak toilet?”. Jadi, wanita itu hendak pergi ke toilet. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat laki-laki itu yang menjawab pertanyaan tentang letak toilet, yaitu
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
163
13. C.
14. B.
15. A.
16. C.
17. D.
18. C.
164
”It’s downstair, in the first floor.” yang artinya ”Toilet ada di bawah, di lantai pertama.”. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan subjek berupa kata ganti orang (pronoun) ketiga tunggal yang mengacu pada ’someone outside’ (seseorang di luar). Pronoun yang benar adalah he. Pronoun you mengacu pada orang kedua tunggal, I untuk orang pertama tunggal, dan they untuk orang ketiga jamak (lebih dari satu). Kalimat tersebut memerlukan objek pronoun yang mengacu pada ’someone outside’. Karena di kalimat sebelumnya, ’someone outside’ diganti dengan subjek pronoun ’he’ (laki-laki), objek pronoun yang benar untuk kalimat ini adalah him. Her adalah objek pronoun untuk perempuan tunggal (she), me adalah objek pronoun dari I, dan it adalah objek pronoun untuk benda. Subjek pronoun yang benar melengkapi kalimat itu adalah ’I’ karena mengacu pada diri pembicara. She, he, we salah karena mengacu pada orang lain. Jawaban disimpulkan dari jawaban Dono atas pertanyaan neneknya tentang nama hari pada saat itu, yaitu ”Today is Friday the eighteenth.” yang artinya ”Sekarang adalah hari Jumat tanggal 18.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang pertama, yaitu ”What day is it today?” yang artinya ”Sekarang hari apa?”. Jadi, percakapan tersebut tentang nama hari ini (about the day of that day). Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa ’biology report’ yang artinya ’laporan atau tugas biologi’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan kalau kedua orang dalam percakapan itu adalah anak sekolah (students).
UNIT 3 Thank You
19. A.
20. D.
Kata ganti benda ’it’ mengacu pada objek benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu ’your report’, dan ’you’ mengacu pada Doni. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah Doni’s work. Dalam percakapan itu, Saskia mengatakan ”I want to borrow your computer and printer.” yang artinya ”Saya ingin meminjam komputer dan printermu.”. Jadi, alat yang akan digunakan Saskia adalah gambar di pilihan jawaban (D).
B. Uraian Contoh jawaban: Arum : Niken, I want to talk to you. Niken : What about? You look serious. Arum : It is. I broke your mobile phone. It has no signal now. I’m sorry. Niken : How can it be? Arum : Well, I . . . I tried to load an online music. I touched something. Suddenly, it was cut and no signal at all. Niken : You disappoint me. Arum : Please forgive me. I’ll take it to a repairman, O.K.? Niken : O.K. Make sure it works again. C. Uraian Contoh jawaban: Tasya : Thanks for giving me a lift, Ar. Aris : My pleasure. Tasya : Please drop in. Aris : No, thanks. Maybe some other time. Tasya : O.K. Bye. Aris : Bye. D. Uraian Contoh jawaban: Olga, you’re really a good friend of mine. Your support means a lot to me, thanks. I can manage everything myself now. I’m very grateful, thank you!
Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for and give information, 2. say something politely, 3. create short functional texts (spoken notices), 4. write short functional texts (personal letters), 5. use possessive adjectives and the simple present tense, and 6. tell time and mention kinds of professions.
In your daily life, you need information for sure. It is important for you to understand kinds of expressions to ask for information. You also need to know some expressions to respond to it. You will learn those expressions in this unit. Moreover, you will learn how to ask and tell time. It is important for you to understand them for your daily conversations.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
165
4.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Information Read the dialogs and understand the expressions. 1 Yes, it is.
Is it your new bicycle? What a nice bicycle!
Thanks.
2
When will we go to the public library? Today I think. How about going there after school? O.K. No problem.
Look at dialog 1. Sari asks Dio about the bicycle. Dio tells her that the bicycle is his. Look at dialog 2. Dio asks Bowo when they will go to the public library. He answers that day after school. Dio agrees with Bowo to go to the public library that day after school. Both dialogs above tell you about asking for and giving information. In dialog 1, Sari uses yes/no question to ask for information. Dio responds to it by saying “Yes, it is.” It means yes/no questions are always responded by “Yes” or “No”. Now, study dialog 2. Dio asks a question using “when” (kapan). Bowo replies it by telling the time, “Today I think.” The word “when” is one of Wh-questions or open questions. You can use it to ask particular kinds of information. If someone asks you a question word “when”, you must reply him/her by telling the time or date.
166
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
In English there are some Wh-questions. Here they are. 1. What (Apa) We use it when we ask for information about something. Example: A : What is inside your paper bag? (Apa yang ada di dalam tas kertasmu?) B : A new dictionary. (Sebuah kamus baru.) 2. When (Kapan) We use it to ask about the time that something happened or will happen. Example: A : When will the school bus arrive? (Kapan bus sekolah akan datang?) B : At 6:30 a.m. (Jam 6:30 pagi.) 3. Where (Di mana) We use it to ask questions about place or position. Example: A : Where do you live? (Di manakah tempat tinggalmu?) B : I live at Jalan Menur number 27. (Aku tinggal di Jalan Menur nomor 27.) 4. Which (Yang mana) We use it when we ask for information about one of a limited number of things. Example: A : Which T-shirt do you prefer? (Kaos mana yang kamu pilih?) B : I prefer the black one. (Aku pilih yang berwarna hitam.) 5. Who (Siapa) We use it when we ask about someone’s identity as a subject. Example: A : Who is your English teacher? B : Mr. Heri Pambudi. Info: ● To ask about someone’s identity as an object, we use whom. Example: A : Whom do you usually go to school with? (Dengan siapa kamu biasanya berangkat sekolah?) B : Sheila, my best friend. (Sheila, teman dekatku.) ● To ask about possession, we use whose (milik siapa). Example: A : Whose book is on the table? (Milik siapakah buku yang terletak di atas meja?) B : It’s mine. (Milikku.) 6.
Why (Mengapa) We use it to ask for a reason. Example: A : Why do you choose the brown shoes? (Mengapa kamu memilih sepatu yang berwarna coklat itu?) B : Because I like the model. (Karena aku suka modelnya.)
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
167
7.
How (Bagaimana) We use it to ask about the way in which something is done. Example: A : How do you go to school? (Kamu berangkat ke sekolah naik apa?) B : On foot. (Dengan berjalan kaki.)
Saying Something Politely Read the dialogs and understand the expressions. 1 You shouldn’t cut my hair too short. O.K. As you wish.
2 How much do you need?
Would you lend me some money? I’m broke.
Five thousand rupiah.
Well, let me see. Thanks a lot.
Look at the bold-typed words in the dialogs. You use them to ask someone to do or not to do something politely. You can also use could to express politeness. Examples: “Could you please get me a paper?” or “Could you turn on the lamp?”
Grammar Section Possessive Adjectives Read the sentences and understand the bold-typed words. 1. This is my pen. 2. Anto reads his favorite book. 3. Shinta wears her red skirt.
168
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
4. 5. 6. 7.
My cat often licks its fur. We must keep our environment clean. My sister usually helps Tika, Dita and Ika to solve their math problems. Here is your flash disk.
Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences. They are possessive adjectives. Possessive adjectives means kata ganti kepemilikan. ‘My’ means ‘milikku’, ‘his’ means miliknya (laki-laki), ‘her’ means miliknya (perempuan), ‘its’ means miliknya (untuk benda atau hewan), ‘our’ means milik kami/kita, ‘your’ means milikmu/milik kalian and ‘their’ means milik mereka. Read and understand the use of possessive adjectives in the following dialogs. 1. Alan : Do you know where my pen is? Danu : Umm, . . . I think Siska uses your pen. 2.
Nanda : What does Anto usually do during his spare time? Luna : He is playing with his pet.
3.
Icha : Why does Rianti look sad? Daniar: She has lost her purse.
4.
Juwita : What will you do next holiday? Hardi : My sister and I are going to our grandparents’ house.
5.
Ricky : Where do Pandu and Nanang live? Do you know their addresses? Putri : No, I don’t. The Simple Present Tense: Showing Daily Routines
Read the sentences and study the explanation. The simple present tense is frequently used in English. You can use it to show your daily routines (daily activities). Examples: Every morning, I wake up at 4:30 a.m., then I make my bed. My sister wakes up earlier than me. She usually helps my mother in the kitchen. After I make the bed, my family and I do the morning prayer together. Once I finish it, I take a shower. At that time, my father usually cleans his car in the garage. My mother and my sister prepare our breakfast at 5:30 a.m. We have our breakfast at 5:45 a.m. When we are ready, we get into the car. My father usually takes my sister and me to school at 6 a.m. After that, he takes my mother to her office. My sister and I arrive at school at 6:20 a.m. After school, I usually go home by bus at 1 p.m. My sister always goes home later than me. She is a senior high student. I often take a nap about an hour. When I wake up, my sister usually arrives home. My parents usually arrive home at 5 p.m. Patterns: Singular subjects Affirmative (+) : He/She/It + verb + -s/-es + object/complement Negative (–) : He/She/It + does not + verb base + object/complement Interrogative (?) : Does + he/she/it + verb base + object/complement + ?
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
169
Plural subjects and I Affirmative (+) : I/We/You/They + verb base + object/complement Negative (–) : I/We/You/They + do not + verb base + object/complement Interrogative (?) : Do + we/you/they + verb base + object/complement + ? Info: doesn’t = does not; don’t = do not In the simple present tense, you usually use adverbs of time (keterangan waktu) such as always (selalu), usually (biasanya), often (sering), seldom (jarang), ever (pernah) and never (tidak pernah). Examples: 1. I always wear uniform to school. 2. My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m.. 3. Dian often takes a nap at about 3 p.m. Telling Time Study how to tell time. In the sentence “My brother usually goes to school with his friends at 6 a.m.”, you use a.m. (ante meridiem) to tell the time in the morning. In the sentence “Dian often takes a nap at about 3 p.m.”, you use p.m. (post meridiem) to tell the time after midday or noon (12 p.m.). Study the following examples.
It’s six o’clock.
It’s seven o’clock.
My mother picks me up at a quarter to two. My mother picks me up at one forty-five.
170
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
It’s eight o’clock.
My father goes to work at half past six. My father goes to work at six thirty.
●
Remember, use o’clock at the full hour only. Don’t use o’clock if it is not the full hour. Correct examples: – 6 = six o’clock – 6:30 = six thirty/half past six Incorrect example: 6:30 = six thirty o’clock
●
Use past for minutes 01–minutes 30. Use to (American English: before/of/till) for minutes 31–minutes 59. Examples: – 7:15 = a quarter past seven – 7:30 = half past seven – 7:45 = a quarter to eight Kinds of Professions
Read and study the dialog. Putra : Wan, what does your father do? Wawan : He is a police officer. Putra : And your mother? Wawan : She’s a nurse. What about your parents? What do they do? Putra : My father is a sailor and my mother is a housewife. Wawan : I see. Look at the bold-typed expressions. You can use it to ask someone’s profession/ occupation. You can also do it by saying “What is your job?” Look at the pictures and remember the words. 1
2
Ms. Aprilia is a doctor.
Mr. Setiawan is a banker. 4
3
5
Mr. Hidayat is a teacher.
Ms. Diana is a police officer.
Miss Claudia is a secretary. 6
Mr. Barata is a soldier.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
171
7
8
That man is a farmer.
10
Ms. Rini is a grocer.
11
Eva’s father is a firefighter.
13
16
Ms. Erna is a florist.
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
My uncle is a driver.
12
Mr. Hardi is a parking attendant.
14
Mr. Wisnu is a dustman.
172
9
Julian is a gas pump attendant.
15
Eli works as a shop assistant.
17
Ms. Endang is a satay vendor.
18
That man is a fisherman.
Riko is a gardener.
19
20
Mr. Aswin is a school guard.
Ms. Yetti is a fishmonger.
Remember Unit 3 and answer the questions below. 1.
2. 3. 4.
5.
A. 1.
What have you learned in Unit 3? Jawaban: I have learned two English expressions, expressing gratitude or thanking and saying sorry or apologizing. I also learned gratitude cards. What should you say when you make a mistake? Jawaban: I should say, “I am sorry.” When people help you, what should you say? Jawaban: I should say, “Thank you.” Do you know the school utensils? Mention them. Jawaban: Yes, I do. Some of them are pens, pencils, rubbers, rulers, correction pens, pencil sharpeners, pencil cases and colored pencils. Make two sentences using the verbs have and has. Contoh jawaban: a. I have many friends. b. Tito has two sisters.
Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. Andi Rehandi Andi Rehandi Andi Rehandi
: : : : : :
Do you want to go home now? No, I don’t. When will you go home? In a few minutes. What’s up? Um, . . . can I have a lift? Of course.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
173
2.
Titin : Lina : Titin : Lina : Titin : Lina :
3.
Raka : Doni : Raka : Doni :
4.
Mr. Santoso Mila Mr. Santoso Mila Mr. Santoso Mila
5.
Mrs. Bambang Ferdi Mrs. Bambang Ferdi Mrs. Bambang Ferdi Mrs. Bambang
B.
Do you know a book store nearby? Yes, I do. Where is it? It’s at Jalan Pandawa number 4. It’s near the post office. I see, thanks. You’re welcome. Would you please tell me where the canteen is? Sure. Go straight and turn left. It’s next to the library. Thank you very much. Don’t mention it. : : : : : :
Where are you going? I’m going to buy some snacks. Could you buy me a can of orange juice? O.K. Thanks, dear. Anytime, Dad. : : : : : : :
Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle’s house? I will go there by bus, Mom. What’s up? Nothing. I just want to know. In case you need some more money. Yes, Mom. I need it. I don’t know exactly how much the fare is. Here you are. Thank you very much, Mom. You’re welcome.
Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Answer the questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. What is the relationship between the speakers? 2. What will Rehandi do a few minutes later? 3. What does Andi ask? Dialog 2 4. What are Titin and Lina talking about? 5. Where’s the book store? 6. What does Titin say to ask for information? 7. What’s the relationship between the speakers? Dialog 3 8. What does Raka ask Doni to do? 9. Do you think Raka asks Doni politely? How do you know? Dialog 4 10. What is the relationship between the speakers? 11. Mr. Santoso says, “Where are you going?” What does he express? 12. Which one is the expression of saying something politely? Dialog 5 13. What is the relationship between the speakers? 14. Which one is the expression of asking for information? 15. Why does Ferdi need some more money?
174
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Jawaban: 1. They are classmates. 2. He will go home. 3. He asks for a lift. 4. They’re talking about a book store nearby. 5. It is at Jalan Pandawa number 4, near the post office. 6. She says, “Do you know a book store nearby?” 7. They’re friends. 8. Raka asks Doni to show where the canteen is. 9. Yes, I do. Doni says, “Would you please tell me where the canteen is?” 10. Father and his daughter. 11. He asks for information. 12. It is “Could you buy me a can of orange juice?” 13. Mother and her son. 14. It is “Ferdi, how will you go to your uncle house?” 15. Because he doesn’t know exactly how much the fare is. C.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs with the sentences you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Derry : You look so pale. (1) Are you O.K.? Ari : No, I’m not. Derry : (2) What’s wrong? Perhaps I can help you. Ari : I’ve got a stomachache. Derry : Let me take you to the sick bay. Ari : Thanks. Dialog 2 Tara : Ki, (3) who is that cute baby? Kiki : He’s Radit, my youngest brother. Tara : (4) How old is he? Kiki : Eight months old. Dialog 3 Ella Mr. Chandra Ella Mr. Chandra Ella
: : : : :
Excuse me, Sir. (5) Could you do me a favor? Sure. (6) What is it? (7) Could you show me the way to the railway station? (8) Go straight and turn left at the T-junction. It’s near the Golden Hotel. Thank you.
Dialog 4 Mr. Wijaya : Mrs. Handoko : Mr. Wijaya : Mrs. Handoko :
Hello. Wijaya’s speaking. Hello. (9) Can I talk to Miss Tika Wijaya, please? (10) Please hang on. I’ll call her. O.K. Thanks.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
175
D.
Read the dialogs below. Your teacher will ask some questions about them. Answer the questions orally.
1.
Santi and Sinta are twins. They are going to buy a gift for their friend in a gift shop. Santi : Sinta, what do you think about this purple scarf? Sinta : It’s nice, but I think Lina prefers something else. Santi : Um . . ., I think so. Maybe we can give her a night lamp. Sinta : Good idea. What color does she like? Santi : She likes light green. Sinta : Let’s get a light green night lamp, then. Santi : O.K.
2.
Santi and Sinta are in a gift shop now. Santi : Sinta, let’s get in. Sinta : Come on. Shop assistant : Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop. Anything I can help you, Miss? Santi : Well, we need a night lamp. Sinta : Right. Do you have the light green one? Shop assistant : Yes, we have several models here. Take a look. Several minutes later . . . . Sinta : Santi, how about this one? It’s pretty good. Santi : I agree with you. Sinta : Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp. Santi : How much is it? Shop assistant : It’s fifty-seven thousand rupiah. Sinta : O.K. We take it. Shop assistant : Please pay at the cashier. Santi : Sure, thanks.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
176
What is the dialog 1 about? Where do you think the two dialogs take place? Where do Santi and Sinta buy the gift? What is the relationship between Santi and Sinta? What does Santi suggest to buy at first? What is Lina’s favorite color? What do the girls decide to buy at last? What is the gift shop name? Is the shop assistant a man or woman? How do you know? How much is the lamp? What are the expressions of asking for information in the dialogs? What are the expressions of giving information in the dialogs? What does Sinta say to express politeness? What does the shop assistant say to express politeness? After asking for the lamp’s price, where will Santi and Sinta go?
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Jawaban: 1. About deciding a gift for their friend. 2. The first dialog is at home or on the way and the second one is in a gift shop. 3. In a gift shop. 4. They are twins. 5. A purple scarf. 6. Light green. 7. A light green night lamp. 8. Kyu-Kyu gift shop. 9. A woman. Based on Sinta’s sentence, “Excuse me, Miss. We want to buy this lamp.” 10. Fifty-seven thousand rupiah. 11. There are “What color does she like?”, “Do you have the light green one?”, “How much is it?”. 12. There are “She likes light green.”, “Yes, we have several models here.”, “It’s fifty-seven thousand rupiah.”. 13. She says, “Excuse me, Miss.” 14. She says, “Welcome to Kyu-Kyu gift shop.” and “Anything I can help you, Miss?” 15. To the cashier. E.
Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on your own data.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
What is your full name? What’s your birth date? What’s your father’s name? What does your father do? What’s your mother’s name? What does your mother do? Do you have brothers or sisters? How many brothers or sisters do you have? What lesson do you like? Why do you like the lesson? Where is your English book? Will you do your homework? Will you do house work? Will you help your friends? Could you read your book loudly?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Ferry Kurniawan Ardianto. 3. Andika Surya Bagaskoro. 5. Sartika Dian Handoyo. 7. Yes, I do. 9. I like English and math. 11. In my bag. 13. Yes, I will. 15. Yes, I could.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14.
August 20, 1996. He is a lawyer. She is a housewife. I have one elder brother only. English is fun and math is challenging. Yes, I will. Yes, I will.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
177
Variasi: Guru menyuruh siswa untuk bertanya kepada teman sebangkunya dengan menggunakan pertanyaan di Task E atau pertanyaan yang mengandung Wh-questions. Selain itu, siswa diperbolehkan mengajukan pertanyaan yang mengandung yes/no questions. F.
Listen to you teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. I always go to school on foot. 2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house. 3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her. 4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses. 5. Edi’s brother never skips school. 6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much. 7. My brother doesn’t like oranges. 8. Does your grandmother read a book every day? 9. Does Bambang think English is difficult? 10. Does Vera’s best friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends? G.
Read the sentences in Task F. Underline the subjects and circle the verbs.
Jawaban: 1. I always go to school on foot. 2. My friends and I usually study English together in my house. 3. My mother often asks me to go to the market with her. 4. Eni’s father seldom reads newspapers without his glasses. 5. Edi’s brother never skips school. 6. Devi’s sister likes oranges very much 7. My brother doesn’t like oranges. 8. Does your grandmother read a book every day? 9. Does Bambang think English is difficult? 10. Does Vera’s friend always go to Vera’s house in weekends?
178
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Variasi: Find the meanings of the verbs in Task F. Jawaban: 1. go = pergi 2. 3. ask = meminta, menyuruh 4. 5. skip = membolos 6. 7. like = suka 8. 9. think = berpikir 10. H.
study read like read go
= = = = =
belajar membaca suka membaca pergi
Listen to your teacher. Match the sentences you’ve heard with the suitable pictures. Fill in the sentence number in each box near the correct picture.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru: 1. Mr. Sanjaya is a teacher. He teaches English in my school. 2. Miss Anita is a grocer. She works in a market. 3. Mr. Parwoto is a driver. He drives a taxi. 4. Ms. Santika is a doctor. She works in a public health center. 5. Mr. Herman is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea. 6. Mr. Karyo works as a dustman in my place. He always goes to work early in the morning. 7. Mr. Parto is a gardener. He works diligently. 8. Ardi works as a gas pump attendant. His work place is not far from his house. Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban: 5
4
1
8
7
2
3
6
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
179
I.
Your teacher will ask you some questions about the sentences in Task H. Answer them orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What does Mr. Sanjaya do? 2. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work? 3. What does Miss Anita do? 4. Where does Miss Anita work? 5. What does Mr. Parwoto do? 6. Where does Mr. Parwoto work? 7. What does Ms. Santika do? 8. Where does Ms. Santika work? 9. What does Mr. Herman do? 10. Where does Mr. Herman work? 11. What is Mr. Karyo’s job? 12. When does he usually go to work? 13. What is Mr. Parto? 14. How does he work? 15. Is Ardi’s workplace far from his house? Jawaban: 1. He is a teacher. 3. She is a grocer. 5. He is a taxi driver. 7. She is a doctor. 9. He is a fisherman. 11. He is a dustman. 13. He is a gardener. 15. No, it is not.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14.
In school. In a market. In a taxi company. In a public health center. At sea. He goes to work early in the morning. He works diligently.
Variasi: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1. A grocer works in a gas station. 2. A doctor works in a public health center. 3. A teacher works in school. 4. A taxi driver works in an airport. 5. A fisherman works at sea. Jawaban: 1. F. A grocer works in a market. 2. T 3. T 4. F. A taxi driver works in a taxi. 5. T
180
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
J.
Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard in your book.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. It’s seven o’clock. 2. It’s seven fifteen. 3. It’s half past seven. 4. It’s a quarter to eight. 5. It’s a quarter to one. 6. It’s half past twelve. 7. It’s twelve fifteen. 8. It’s twelve o’clock. 9. It’s five fifteen. 10. It’s half past five. K.
Read the sentences you have written in Task J. Draw the correct pointers on the clock pictures.
Jawaban: 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
181
Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal ini. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru: 1. It’s a quarter to six. 3. It’s three fourteen. 5. It’s quarter to nine. 7. It’s three to ten. 9. It’s four to nine. Jawaban:
L.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
It’s five o’clock. It’s eleven past two. It’s eight to nine. It’s four past nine. It’s half past four.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Listen to your teacher. Write the text you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Every Monday, Fitri and his brother go to school earlier than usual. They go to school at 6 a.m. by bicycle. Today they will have a flag hoisting ceremony. Therefore, they have to wear their hats and ties. They usually arrive at school at 6:15 a.m.
182
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Variasi: Match the words with their meanings correctly. Then, make sentences using the words. a. d. g. i.
biasanya tiba sekolah sepeda
b. e. h. j.
upacara pengibaran bendera lebih awal saudara laki-laki topi
c. f.
1. Monday 2. brother 4. flag hoisting ceremony 5. arrive 7. hat 8. usual 10. school Jawaban: 1. f 2. h 3. e 4. b 5. d 6. c 7. j 8. a 9. i 10. g Contoh jawaban: 1. I have a PE class every Monday. 2. I only have one brother. 3. Linda always arrives earlier at school. 4. Tomorrow we will have a flag hoisting ceremony. 5. My mother arrives from Jakarta this afternoon. 6. Linda wears a nice gown in her party. 7. My brother likes to wear a hat. 8. Mr. Karyo goes to work very early as usual. 9. The children go to school by bicycles. 10. My school is near the public health center.
memakai senin
3. earlier 6. wear 9. bicycle
M. Read the text you have written in Task L. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______
Fitri goes to school with her brother. Fitri goes to school on foot. Fitri and his brother have a flag hoisting ceremony on Monday. Fitri doesn’t wear a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony. Wearing a hat during the flag hoisting ceremony is a must.
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. Fitri and her brother go to school by bicycle. 3. T 4. F. Fitri and her brother have to wear their hats during the flag hoisting ceremony. It means, Fitri wears a hat. 5. T
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
183
Variasi: Listen to your teacher’s questions. Answer the questions based on the text in Task L. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. When do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier? 2. How do Fitri and her brother go to school? 3. What do they have to wear during the flag hoisting ceremony? 4. Why do Fitri and her brother go to school earlier? 5. Do you think Fitri and her brother are obedient students? Jawaban: 1. They go to school earlier every Monday. 2. By bicycle. 3. A hat and a tie. 4. Because they will have a flag hoisting ceremony. 5. Yes, I do. N.
Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Agus usually (1) gets up at five in the morning. He (2) takes a shower at five thirty. He (3) has breakfast at five forty five. After that, he (4) goes to school at a quarter past six. He goes early in the morning because his house is about three kilometers far from school. He goes there by school bus. The lesson (5) starts at seven o’clock sharp. Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. A teacher is someone who teaches students at school. 2. A police officer is someone who protects people. 3. A typist is someone who types letters or documents. 4. A shop assistant is someone who helps buyers in a store. 5. A butcher is someone who sells meat. 6. A postman is someone who delivers mails. 7. A doctor is someone who examines people who are sick. 8. A fisherman is someone who catches fish for living. 9. A nurse is someone who takes care of sick people in hospital. 10. A waiter is someone who serves people in a restaurant.
184
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
O.
Read the complete text in Task N. Fill in the table based on the text. Activities
Get up Take a shower Have breakfast Go to school Start the lesson
P.
Time Schedule 5 a.m. 5:30 a.m. 5:45 a.m. 6:15 a.m. 7 a.m. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari subjek di kalimat sebelumnya.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task N.
1.
What is the text about? A. Going to school. B. Waking up in the morning. C. Agus’ school. D. Agus’ activities before going to school. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena teks tersebut berisi tentang kegiatan Agus dari bangun tidur sampai berangkat ke sekolah.
2.
When does Agus usually get up? A. At 5 a.m. B. At 5:05 a.m. C. At 5:15 a.m. D. At 5:45 a.m. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat pertama teks.
3.
“He takes a shower at five thirty.” What does the underlined word refer to? A. Agus’ brother. B. Agus. C. Agus’ teacher. D. Agus’ parents.
4.
When does Agus go to school? A. At 6 a.m. B. At 6:15 a.m. C. At 6:45 a.m. D. At 7 a.m. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”After that, he goes to school at a quarter past six.”.
5.
“The lesson starts at seven o’clock sharp.” The word ‘starts’ can be best replaced with ________. A. begins B. ends C. finishes D. stops Jawaban: A Kata ’starts’ memiliki arti yang sama dengan kata ’begins’, yaitu mulai.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
185
Q.
Read the text aloud. Listen to your teacher’s questions. Choose A, B, C, or D for the correct answer.
Hi, I am Jajat. Mr. Sanjaya is my father and Mrs. Sania Sanjaya is my mother. My father is a doctor. He works in a public hospital. It is at Jalan Serayu number 2. My father works from 9 a.m. up to 5 p.m. He often works overtime. He sometimes arrives home at 8 p.m. My mother is a typist. She works in a public accountant office. She types important documents. She works from 7:30 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. She usually arrives home at 4:15 p.m. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who is Jajat? 2. What is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya? 3. Where does Mr. Sanjaya work? 4. When does Mr. Sanjaya usually arrive home? 5. When does Mrs. Sanjaya usually arrive home?
3.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Soal-soal yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1.
2.
186
A. Mr. Sanjaya’s brother. B. Mr. Sanjaya’s neighbor. C. Mr. Sanjaya’s son. D. Mr. Sanjaya’s nephew. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat kedua teks yang menyebutkan bahwa Pak Sanjaya adalah ayahnya Jajat. A. A typist. B A secretary. C. A teacher. D. A doctor. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”My mother is a typist.”. Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa Bu Sania adalah ibunya Jajat.
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Jawaban: C Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa Pak Sanjaya bekerja di sebuah rumah sakit, maka gambar yang tepat adalah gambar pada pilihan jawaban (C).
4.
A.
5.
A.
B. B.
C. C.
D. D.
Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat kedelapan, ”He sometimes arrives home at 8 p.m.”.
Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks.
Variasi: Read the text in Task Q. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______
Mr. Sanjaya is Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s husband. Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a private hospital. Mr. Sanjaya works about eight hours a day. Mr. Sanjaya is a hard worker. Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 o’clock at night. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a secretary in an accountant office. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s rarely works overtime. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya job is operating telephones. It takes more than an hour from Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s office to her house. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya is a working woman.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
187
Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. Mr. Sanjaya is a doctor in a public hospital. 3. T 4. T 5. F. Mr. Sanjaya goes to work before 9 a.m. It is in the morning. 6. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya works as a typist. 7. T 8. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya types important documents. 9. F. Mrs. Sania Sanjaya’s finishes her work at 3:45 p.m. and she arrives home at 4:15 p.m. It means it takes about half an hour from the office to her house. 10. T
A.
Read the dialogs aloud. Practice them with your friend.
1.
Tata and Nila are waiting for Ari at Nila’s house. They are going to study together. Tata : Nil, do you think Ari will not come? Nila : Umm, . . . he will come in fifteen minutes. Tata : How do you know? Nila : Well, read this SMS. It’s from him. Tata : (Reading SMS) Wait for me. I got a flat tire. I’ll get there in fifteen minutes. Nila : See? Tata : Hmm, . . . poor boy. Nila : Let’s prepare the materials first. Tata : O.K.
2.
Dessy Neni Dessy Neni
3.
Sari : Haris : Sari : Haris : Sari :
4.
Mawar : Mrs. Wardoyo : Mawar : Mrs. Wardoyo : Mawar :
5.
Dadang Hana Dadang Hana Dadang Hana
188
: : : :
Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please? Sure. It’s inside my bag. Help yourself. Thank you, Neni. No big deal. Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number? No, I don’t. But, Reny may have it. I’ll ask her, then. O.K. Sorry for not helping you. No problem.
: : : : : :
Good morning, Ma’am. Morning, Mawar. Could you do me a favor? My pleasure. What is it? Can you bring me the dictionary on my desk, please? It won’t bother.
Do you have one more pencil? Yes. What’s up? Can I borrow it? I don’t bring any pencils today. Help yourself. Thank you. Don’t mention it.
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
B.
Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.
Dialog 1 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About waiting for a friend who comes late. 2. What are Tata, Nila, and Ari going to do? Jawaban: They are going to study together. 3. Why does Ari come late? Jawaban: He gets a flat tire. 4. Which are the expressions of asking for information? Jawaban: They are “Nila, do you think Ari will not come?” and “How do you know?” 5. Which are the expressions of giving information? Jawaban: They are “Umm, . . . he will come here in fifteen minutes.” and “Well, read this SMS. It’s from him.” Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About borrowing a friend’s electronic dictionary. 2. Where’s Neni’s electronic dictionary? Jawaban: Inside her bag. 3. Does Dessy take the electronic dictionary herself? Jawaban: Yes, she does. 4. Does Dessy ask Neni’s permission to borrow the electronic dictionary politely? Jawaban: Yes, she does. 5. What does Dessy say to ask Neni’s permission to borrow the dictionary? Jawaban: She says, “Can I borrow your electronic dictionary, please?” Dialog 3 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About asking for someone’s phone number. 2. Does Haris have Miss Dyah’s phone number? Jawaban: No, he doesn’t. 3. Who has Miss Dyah’s phone number? Jawaban: Rani does. 4. What expressions of asking for information can you find in the dialog? Jawaban: It is “Do you have Miss Dyah’s phone number?” 5. How many expressions of giving information can you find in the dialog? What are they? Jawaban: Two expressions; “No, I don’t.” and “But, Reny, may have it.” Dialog 4 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About asking for someone’s help. 2. Does Mrs. Wardoyo ask for Mawar’s help politely? Jawaban: Yes, she does. 3. Which expression shows Mrs. Wardoyo’s politeness? Jawaban: It is “Could you do me a favor?” 4. Does Mawar want to help Mrs. Wardoyo? Jawaban: Yes, she does. 5. Where is the dictionary? Jawaban: On Mrs. Wardoyo’s desk.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
189
Dialog 5 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: About borrowing someone’s thing. 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: In a classroom. 3. What is the relationship between the speakers? Jawaban: They are friends. 4. Do you find the expressions of asking for or giving information? Mention them. Jawaban: Yes, I do. Expressions of asking for information: “Do you have one more pencil?” and “What’s up?” Expressions of giving information: “Yes.”; “I don’t bring any pencils today.” 5. Do you find the expression of politeness? What are they? Jawaban: Yes, I do. It is “Can I borrow it?” C.
Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs. Practice the proper dialogs with your friend.
Percakapan-percakapan yang diacak dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name? 1 4
Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O.
3
Mr. Adi : How do you spell it?
6
Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir.
5 2
Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi. Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono.
Dialog 2 Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been? 1 4
Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5.
3
Putra : Is it around here?
2
Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house.
Dialog 3 Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher. Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket. 9 14
Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you.
11 2 3
Melati
12 5
Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot.
4
Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati.
13
Melati
6
Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand?
7
Melati
190
: Sure, what is it?
Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB? Melati Melati
: You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC. : Never mind, Miss. : Let me help you, then. : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite.
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
8
Miss Danti : I do like it too.
1 10
Melati
Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor?
Dialog 4 Titi 1 6 5
: Hello, Miss Danti.
: Anything I can help you, Ma’am?
Mrs. Hidayat : Yes. So . . ., I need a kilogram of eggs, a can of tomato soup and a can of sardine. Titi : Sure. Do you need it too?
2 3
Mrs. Hidayat : Yes, please. I need to buy a kilogram of eggs and a can of tomato soup.
4
Mrs. Hidayat : Thank you. Do you also have a can of sardine?
D.
Titi
: Let me take them for you then.
Find possessive adjectives in the dialogs in Task C. Underline them.
Jawaban: Dialog 1 Mr. Adi : Renaldi, would you mention your complete name? Renaldi : Sure. Renaldi Subandono. Mr. Adi : How do you spell it? Renaldi : R–E–N–A–L–D–I and S–U–B–A–N–D–O–N–O. Mr. Adi : Thank you, Renaldi. Renaldi : You’re welcome, Sir. Dialog 2 Putra : Hello, Feb. Where have you been? Febri : I’ve been from my grandma’s house. Putra : Is it around here? Febri : Yes. It’s at Jalan Pemuda number 5. Dialog 3 Melati is at a bakery. She meets Miss Danti, her English teacher. Melati : Hello, Miss Danti. Miss Danti : Oh, hello. Are you Melati from Class VIIB? Melati : You’re right, I’m Melati. But I’m from Class VIIC. Miss Danti : I’m sorry, Melati. Melati : Never mind, Miss. Miss Danti : Is it a blueberry doughnut in your hand? Melati : Yes, Miss. This is my favorite. Miss Danti : I do like it too. Melati : I can see it, Miss. You bring 10 blueberry doughnuts in your basket. Miss Danti : Well, Melati, could you please do me a favor? Melati : Sure, what is it? Miss Danti : Umm . . ., I can’t bring all of my stuff into my car myself. They’re quite a lot. Melati : Let me help you, then. Miss Danti : That’s very kind of you. Dialog 4 There is no possessive adjective in the dialog.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
191
Variasi: Listen to your teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard in your book. Underline the possessive adjectives. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan sekaligus jawaban: 1. Tina doesn’t bring an umbrella. Her umbrella is out of order. 2. I put a book on the table. My book is red in color. 3. My father asks me to get him his glasses. 4. The book looks interesting. I have read its summary. 5. Do you know that Mr. Bowo is our new English teacher? E.
Make five sentences using possessive adjectives.
Contoh jawaban: 1. I clean my bicycle before I go to school. 2. Can I borrow your raincoat? 3. We will visit our grandma this holiday. 4. Heru writes something on his book. 5. Kayla brings her little brother a story book. F. 1.
Create dialogs based on the following clues. Practice the dialogs in front of the class. Student A Greets student B.
Gives response to student A’s greeting.
Asks where students B will go.
Answers student A’s question.
Asks student B’s favor to give a book to someone.
States whether student B will grant student A’s request.
Says thanks to student B.
Gives response to student A’s gratitude.
2.
192
Student B
Student A
Student B
Asks why student B looks so happy.
Answers student A’s question.
Responds to student B’s explanation.
Responds to student A’s statement.
Tells student B that you want to go to the canteen. Ask student B to come along.
Decides whether you will go to the canteen with student A or not.
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Contoh jawaban: 1. Aan : Hi, Burhan. Burhan : Hi, An. Aan : Where are you heading? Burhan : I’m going to the library. Aan : Um . . ., Burhan, could you please help me? Burhan : What can I do for you? Aan : Please give this book to Dana, class VIID. It is the class next to the library. Burhan : O.K. Aan : Thanks a lot. Burhan : Don’t mention it. 2.
G.
Ara Boim Ara Boim Ara Boim
: : : : : :
Hi, Boim. You look so happy. What’s up? Of course I’m happy. I get the highest score for my English test. Wow, great! No wonder. You’re a diligent student. Thanks, Ara. Um . . . by the way, I’m going to the canteen. Maybe you want to come along? O.K. Let’s go there. Choose whatever you want. It’s on me.
In pairs, create dialogs based on the situations. Practice the dialogs in front of the class.
1.
You’re in a bookstore. You want to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and a pen. The bookstore is big and you don’t know where to find all the stuffs you need. You ask a help to a shop assistant. 2. You don’t know how to do your English homework. You think it’s difficult. You ask your sister to help you. You ask her politely. 3. There will be a working bee at school. You’re the captain of your class. You need more information about the activity. You go to your homeroom teacher to get some information about that. Do it politely. 4. Your friend looks sad. You ask him/her what the matter is. You offer him/her a help. Your friend thanks you. You give response to your friend’s gratitude. Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Excuse me. I need to buy some notebooks, drawing books, a pencil and a pen. Would you tell me where to find them? Shop assistant : Sure. Just follow me. You : O.K. Shop assistant : Here you can find them all. Anything else? You : No, thank you very much. 2.
You
: Sister, I have an English assignment, but I don’t understand how to do it. Would you help me, please? Your sister : No problem. Where is your assignment? You : Here it is. Your sister : Um . . . you should find some pictures of daily activities from any sources. You : And then? Your sister : Cut them out and stick them on a paper.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
193
3.
4.
H.
You Your You Your You Your You Your You Your
teacher teacher teacher teacher teacher
: : : : : : : : : :
Excuse me, Sir. May I come in? Sure. Take a seat. Thank you, Sir. Anything I can help you? Yes, Sir. It’s about the working bee. What do you want to know? I need to know when exactly it will be held and what we should bring. Tomorrow at thirty past seven. You can bring any cleaning tools. O.K., Sir. Thank you very much. You’re welcome.
You : You look so sad. What’s wrong? Your friend : I lost my wallet. I don’t have any money. You : Poor you. But don’t worry. You can use mine. Your friend : Really? Thank you so much. That’s very kind of you. You : Anytime. Draw pointers on the pictures of a clock based on the dialogs. Practice the dialogs with a friend.
Percakapan-percakapan soal dan jawaban: 1. A : What time do you usually wake up on Sundays? B : At four thirty in the morning.
2. A : When does Sherly usually have her breakfast? B : At a quarter past six in the morning.
3. A : What time does Tata open her candy store? B : At nine o’clock in the morning.
4. A : When does your mother go to work? B : At seven o’clock in the morning.
194
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
5. A : What time do you often watch television? B : At three o’clock in the afternoon.
6. A : When do you have an English course? B : At half past one on Saturday.
7. A : What time does the lesson start? B : At a quarter to seven in the morning.
8. A : When does Dewi go to bed at night? B : At nine o’clock.
9. A : What time does Ivan study in the evening? B : At half past six.
10. A : When does Hery join boyscouts? B : On Friday, at half past three in the afternoon.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
195
I.
Rearrange the jumbled words to make correct sentences. Read your work aloud.
1. Sita–wakes up–always–in–5–at–the morning–o’clock. 2. Dadang–at–5–the morning–o’clock–wakes up–in. 3. Rini–do–the–morning prayers–together–and–Rina. 4. Dedi–takes–usually–a shower–6 a.m.–at. 5. have–we–together–breakfast. 6. Dila–to–goes–school–bike–by. 7. Okta–home–goes–2 p.m.–at. 8. I–go–rarely–to–school–foot–on. 9. my mother–always–me–pick–up–1:30 p.m.–at. 10. Santi–like–doesn’t–fish–salty. Jawaban: 1. Sita always wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning. 2. Dadang wakes up at 5 o’clock in the morning. 3. Rini and Rina do the morning prayers together. 4. Dedy usually takes a shower at 6 a.m. 5. We have breakfast together. 6. Dila goes to school by bike. 7. Okta goes home at 2 p.m. 8. I rarely go to school on foot. 9. My mother always picks me up at 1:30 p.m. 10. Santi doesn’t like salty fish. Variasi: Guru dapat menambahkan soal-soal sebagai berikut. 1. doesn’t–Banu–have–a–bag–big. 2. Rani–breakfast–doesn’t–usually–have. 3. you–do–have–a–pen? 4. you–are–from–student–Class VIIE–? 5. Lina–is–student–new–a–? Jawaban: 1. Banu doesn’t have a big bag. 2. Rani usually doesn’t have breakfast. 3. Do you have a pen? 4. Are you student from Class VIIE? 5. Is Lina a new student? J.
Do the activities.
1. Work in pairs. 2. Ask your friend’s daily activities. Use the expressions of asking for information. 3. Ask the time when your friends do their daily activities. 4. Write down the information you get. 5. Tell the information in front of the class (at least five sentences). Contoh jawaban: Nia is one of my classmates. She usually wakes up at five o’clock in the morning. After that, she does the morning prayer. She washes herself at about a quarter past five. She always has breakfast at six o’clock. She goes to school at half past six. Well, that’s all about Nia. 196
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
K.
What pictures are they? Tell your friends. Number one has been done for you. 2
1
Mr. Djatmika
Mr. Damar
Ms. Aprilia This is Ms. Aprilia. She is a doctor. She works in a public health center. 4
3
5
Mrs. Hartadi
Mr. Aji
Contoh jawaban: 2. This is Mr. Damar. He is a fisherman. He catches fish at sea. 3. This is Mr. Djatmika. He is a farmer. He works in the rice field. 4. This is Mr. Aji. He is a teacher. He works at school. 5. This is Mrs. Hartadi. She is a florist. She runs a flower shop. L.
Fill in the table with your activities before going to school. Make a paragraph based on it. Tell your friends about it.
Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan contoh jawaban: No.
Activities
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Get up. Do the morning prayers. Take a shower and dress up. Have breakfast and other activities. Go to school.
Time 5 a.m. 5:10 a.m. 5:30 a.m. 6 a.m. 6:15 a.m.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
197
Contoh jawaban: I usually get up at 5 a.m. After that, I do the morning prayers at 5:10 a.m. Then, I take a shower and dress up at 5:30 a.m. I have breakfast and other activities at 6 a.m. When I’m ready, I go to school at 6:15 a.m. I usually go to school by bus.
4.2 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Notices and Letters
Spoken Text Read the sentences and understand the explanation. Keep the board clean after you use it. All right, Ma’am.
The teacher says, “Keep the board clean after you use it.” to her student. The expression is a spoken notice. You use it to ask someone to do or not to do something. It is usually short and easy to understand.
198
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Written Text Read the text and understand the explanation. Jakarta, April 4, 2009 Dear Putri, How are you, Put? I hope you and your family are fine. I want to thank you for the cooking book you’ve sent. It is really a useful book. You know, my favorite recipes are there. I love it. Thanks again. Have a great time! Love, Diah
The text above is a letter. It is a written message sent to somebody. There are three main parts in a letter. They are opening, content and closing. Don’t forget to write the place, date, month and year on the top right corner of your letter. It is also necessary to give your complimentary closing such as love, best wishes, regards, sincerely, trustworthy, yours, etc. and add your name under the complimentary closing.
Answer the following questions. 1. 2. 3.
Do you often hear spoken notices? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Where do you usually hear spoken notices? Jawaban: At school, at mall, at the bus stop. What spoken notices do you hear lately? Contoh jawaban: They are “Don’t make noise!” and “Queue in line.”
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
199
A.
Listen to your teacher. Match what you have heard with the suitable sentences.
Notice yang dibacakan oleh guru: 1. Obey the school rules. 2. Don’t skip school. 3. Don’t litter. 4. Look out! Wet paint! 5. Don’t cheat. Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban: 3
Don’t litter.
5 4
Don’t cheat.
Look out! Wet paint!
1 2
B.
Don’t skip school.
Listen to your teacher. Write down the sentences you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Be quiet. 2. Study hard. 3. Keep off the grass. 4. Keep your environment clean. 5. Wear a helmet when you ride a motor cycle. C.
Listen to your teacher. Where do you probably hear the spoken notices you have heard?
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru: 1. Staff only. 2. For sale. 3. Examination in progress. 4. Don’t smoke. 5. Don’t disturb.
200
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
Jawaban: 1. In the office. 2. In a supermarket or a shop. 3. At school. 4. In a public place, like an airport. 5. At school.
Obey the school rules.
A.
Create spoken notices based on the situations. Tell them in front of the class.
1.
Your friend is at your house. He/she reads several books from the shelf. After reading it, he/ she doesn’t put the books back on the shelf. He/she messes your room. 2. You do your homework. Your little brother disturbs you. 3. The street is so crowded. There is a sign that forbids people to cross. One of your friends doesn’t care about the sign. He/she wants to cross the crowded street. 4. You’re having a study hour in a factory. Someone tells you not to enter a certain room. Some of your friends don’t know about that. 5. You see some students litter. Your teacher asks you to tell them not to do that. Contoh jawaban: 1. Put the books back on the shelf, please. 2. Please, don’t disturb. I want to study. 3. It’s crowded. Don’t cross! 4. Don’t enter! It’s a restricted area. 5. Don’t litter, please. B.
Read the spoken notices with proper pronunciation. Tell your friends what they are about.
1. Don’t give a lift to a stranger. 2. Wear a helmet for your safety. 3. It’s a dangerous area. Please, stay away. 4. Don’t feed the animals, please. 5. Turn off your phone cell when you fill in the gas, please. Jawaban: 1. The notice asks us not to give a lift to a stranger. 2. The notice asks us to wear a helmet for our safety. 3. The notice asks us to stay away from the dangerous area. 4. The notice asks us not to feed the animals. 5. The notice asks us to turn off our phone cell when we fill in the gas.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
201
A.
Read the letter with proper pronunciation and intonation.
Dear Tari, How are you doing? I hope you’re just fine as I am here. Tari, I really miss you. I want to know how your life is. Is it the same as before? Tari, I think that’s all for now. I’m looking forward to your reply. Best wishes, Lani B. 1.
Answer the questions based on the letter in Task A. Who is the sender of the letter? Jawaban: Lani is. Who receives the letter? Jawaban: Tari does. What is the letter about? Jawaban: About Lani who misses Tari and wants to know how her life is. What is the relationship between Tari and Lani? Jawaban: They’re best friends. What does Lani feel about Tari? Jawaban: She misses her.
2. 3. 4. 5.
C.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Dear Lani, I’m really fine here. It’s like what you wish for. I have a new best friend here. Her name is Sita. At first, I was really surprised to know that she looks like you. Now, I feel really happy. Sita is not only similar to you physically. She behaves like you. Lani, about my life, it’s a little bit different at first. I feel that I’m alone. I know no one to share with. But, then I know that people here are as kind as people there. My school is only 20 meters far from my house. I usually go there on foot. It takes about five to ten minutes. Lani, I think that’s enough for now. I wish we still keep in touch. Best regard, Tari
202
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
1.
2.
3.
What is the letter about? A. Lani’s school. B. Sita’s friend. C. Tari’s life in a new place. D. Lani’s friend. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuai dengan isi surat yang menceritakan kehidupan Tari di tempat yang baru. How is Tari when she writes the letter? A. She’s fine. B. She’s lonely. C. She’s surprised. D. She’s sad. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat ”I’m really fine here . . . .”. Who is Sita? A. Tari’s sister. B. Tari’s new friend. C. Lani’s new friend. D. Lani’s sister.
Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan isi surat yang menyebutkan bahwa Tari mempunyai teman baru yang mirip dengan Lani yang bernama Sita. 4.
How are Tari’s neighbors? A. Unkind. B. Arrogant. C. Cruel. D. Kind. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . . people here are as kind as people there.”.
5.
How far is Tari’s house from school? A. 20 m. B. Less than 20 m. C. More than 20 m. D. 15 m. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”My school is only 20 meters far from my house.”.
Write a letter to your friend. Tell about your daily activities. Contoh jawaban:
Dear Jennifer, How are you doing? I’m fine here. In your previous letter, you ask about my daily activities here, right? Well, I’ll let you know about that. I usually get up at 5 a.m. Maybe it’s too early for you. I wake up at that time to do the morning prayer. It takes about ten minutes. After that, I wash myself at about 5:15 a.m. I know that it’s common in your country to wash body using a shower. But, in my country, people often wash themselves by pouring water from a water container which sizes as big as a small bathtub using a dipper. When I wash myself, my mother prepares our breakfast. At about 5:45 a.m., after I have dressed, I have breakfast with my family. I go to school at 6:10 a.m. In my place, schools start at 6:30 a.m. Do you think it’s too early? What about yours? Jennifer, I think that’s all for now. Reply soon. I’m waiting for your letter. Sincerely yours, Utami
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
203
Go around your neigborhood. Ask your neighbors about their professions. Get as many data as possible. Write the result of your interview on a piece of paper. Tell your friends about it.
Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. after school break broke come along crowd
: : : : :
daily routine : disturb : drawing book : dress up :
204
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
sepulang sekolah istirahat bangkrut turut serta penuh, berjubel, orang banyak kegiatan sehari-hari mengganggu buku gambar berbenah diri
fare favor feed give a lift help yourself keep off litter mess obey politely prayers public library recipes skip school
: : : : : : : : : : : : : :
ongkos bantuan memberi makan memberikan tumpangan silahkan ambil sendiri menjauh membuang sampah berantakan mematuhi secara sopan sembahyang/doa perpustakaan umum resep masakan membolos sekolah
A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. Yuni
: Excuse me, may I ask about the spelling bee contest? Mr. Tanto : Why not? What do you want to know? Yuni : The place and the time of the contest. Mr. Tanto : Well, it will be held in our school’s hall. As I know, it will be in February. Yuni : What about the date? Mr. Tanto : Sorry, I don’t know exactly about that. Maybe 15th or so. Yuni : Thank you very much, Sir. Mr. Tanto : You’re welcome. 1. What is the dialog about? A. Yuni’s school. B. A spelling bee contest. C. Yuni’s teacher. D. Mr. Tanto’s student. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan yang menyebutkan bahwa Yuni bertanya kepada gurunya, Pak Tanto, tentang tempat dan waktu perlombaan mengeja yang bernama spelling bee. 2. What is the relationship between the speakers? A. Student and teacher. B. Two friends. C. Father and his daughter. D. Sister and brother. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Pak Tanto, yaitu ”Well, it will be held in our school’s hall.”. Jadi, hubungan yang tepat antara kedua orang tersebut adalah siswa dan guru (Student and teacher). Selain itu, Yuni memanggil Pak Tanto dengan sebutan ’Sir’ yang artinya ’Pak’.
3. “Excuse me, may I ask . . . .?” What does the word ‘I’ refers to? A. Mr. Tanto. B. Mr. Tanto’s friend. C. Yuni. D. Yuni’s friend. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena kalimat tersebut diucapkan oleh Yuni. 4. Where will the contest be held? A. In the town hall. B. In the town park. C. In the mall. D. At Yuni’s school. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Well, it will be held in our school’s hall.”. 5. When will the contest be held? A. In February. B. In March. C. In April. D. In May. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat ”As I know, it will be in February.”. Read the text and answer questions 6 to 10. My Father My father is a teacher. He teaches math in SMP Merdeka 1. He goes to school by motorcycle at about six o’clock in the morning. He starts working at seven o’clock. He always wears a helmet whenever he rides his motorcycle. He usually arrives home at half past one in the afternoon. It takes half an hour from home to SMP Merdeka 1. 6. Where does the writer’s father work? A. In an office. B. In a zoo. C. In SMP Merdeka 1. D. In a bank.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
205
Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat ”He teaches math in SMP Merdeka 1.”. 7. The writer’s father starts working at ________. A. 1:30 p.m. B. 2:30 p.m. C. 6 a.m. D. 7 a.m. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat ”He starts working at seven o’clock.”. 8. How does the writer’s father go to school? A. On foot. B. By bus. C. By bicycle. D. By motorcycle. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat ”He goes to school by motorcycle at about six o’clock.”. 9.
“He usually arrives home . . . .” What is the synonym of the underlined words? A. Road. B. School. C. Hotel. D. House. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut tepat karena memiliki arti yang sama. House dan home artinya rumah.
10. “He teaches math in SMP Merdeka 1.” What does the underlined word refer to? A. The writer’s teacher. B. The writer’s mother. C. The writer’s father. D. The writer. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu, ”My father is a teacher.”.
206
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
11. My brother usually helps me do ________ homework. A. my B. his C. her D. our Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari objek kalimat berupa orang pertama tunggal, yaitu ’me’. 12. Why don’t you use ________ own eraser? It’s in your pencil case. A. her B. your C. their D. my Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat berupa orang kedua tunggal, yaitu ’you’. 13. I usually have ________ breakfast at 6:15 a.m. A. his B. her C. my D. our Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat berupa orang pertama tunggal, yaitu ’I’. 14. Tina doesn’t bring ________ pen. She borrows one of my pens. A. my B. their C. his D. her Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga tunggal perempuan, yaitu ’Tina’.
15. It’s cold outside. So, Bambang wears ________ thick jacket. A. my B. his C. her D. our Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga tunggal laki-laki, yaitu ’Bambang’. 16. Rina and Rani ride ________ bicycles. They bought them two days ago. A. their B. his C. our D. your Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat berupa orang ketiga jamak, yaitu Rina and Rani. 17. My friends and I always keep ________ class clean. A. our B. their C. his D. her Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat ’My friends and I’. 18. My cat likes to lick ________ fur. A. your B. her C. his D. its Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena merupakan possessive adjective dari subjek kalimat, yaitu ’My cat’ yang bukan merupakan orang. 19. I make my bed every day. I ________ keep it neat. A. rarely B. often C. always D. seldom
Jawaban: C Adverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisi kalimat tersebut adalah always karena di kalimat tersebut menyebutkan keterangan waktu every day (tiap hari). 20. Ratno doesn’t like hamburger. He ________ enjoys eating it. A. always B. never C. often D. usually Jawaban: B Adverb of times yang sesuai untuk mengisi kalimat tersebut adalah never karena di kalimat pertama menyebutkan bahwa Ratno tidak menyukai hamburger. Jika seseorang tidak menyukai sesuatu hal, dia tidak akan pernah merasa menikmati hal tersebut. B.
Read the text and answer the questions.
My name is Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat. I study in SMP Negeri 1 Mandiraja. It is in Banjarnegara. I go to school by bus. It takes about 15 minutes by bus. I go to school at about a quarter past six after saying goodbye to my parents. Before going to school, I always have my breakfast. It gives me energy. Questions: 1. What does Deddy Iswardi Suryaningrat do? Jawaban: He is a student of SMP Negeri 1 Mandiraja. 2. How does Deddy go to school? Jawaban: By bus. 3. “It takes about 15 minutes by bus.” What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: Going to school. 4. What time does Deddy arrive at school? Jawaban: Half past six. 5. What does Deddy usually do before going to school? Jawaban: Having breakfast and saying goodbye to his parents.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
207
C.
Write your daily activities after school until you go to bed.
Contoh jawaban: After school, I usually arrive home at one o’clock in the afternoon. Then, I have lunch and take a nap for around two hours. I wake up at three o’clock. After that, I take a shower for about ten minutes. After that, I dress up. It takes about fifteen minutes.
At about half past three, I watch TV and spend my time with my family until six o’clock in the evening. After that, I have dinner with my family until a quarter to seven. Then, I study from seven o’clock to nine o’clock. Finally, I go to bed at about nine o’clock or so.
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4: ● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
208
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
A.
A. B. C. D.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct words to complete the text. Elephants are the largest mammals in the world. When they (1) ________ up, the hair becomes sparser. Although they (2) ________ huge bodies and great power, their movements are smooth and gentle. The baby elephant is usually about one meter high and weighs about one hundred kilograms. A female elephant (3) ________ her unborn young for about 20 to 22 months. Newly born elephants usually (4) ________ thick hair all over their bodies. Adult elephants have almost no hair. Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
1. A. C.
grows grow
B. D.
is growing grown
2. A. C.
has is having
B. D.
have had
3. A. C.
carry is carrying
B. D.
carried carries
4. A. C.
have is having
B. D.
has had
2
3
4
5
8
A. B. C. D.
2–4–5–6–1–3–7–8 4–2–5–7–8–6–1–3 2–5–7–8–4–6–1–3 4–5–7–8–6–2–1–3 Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
6. little–up–your–please–at–school– 1
2
3
brother–pick 7
8
4
5
6
7.
Use the hand dryer.
What does the woman mean? A. We don’t have to dry our hands. B. We can’t use our hand to dry something. C. We should use the dryer to dry our hands. D. We should use our hand to dry something.
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13.
6
our–environment 7
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
8. Mr. Yanto : Who are the people over there? Miss Dini : They are fire fighters. They extinguish fire in Mrs. Darto’s house. The underlined word is similar to ________. A. put out B. put off C. put on D. put in
5. a better–keep–life–always–clean–for– 1
4–3–1–7–8–2–5–6 4–3–7–8–2–1–5–6 4–8–3–1–2–7–5–6 4–8–3–1–7–2–5–6
Dear Aunt Tia, Aunty, I have some news for you. Next month, I will join an English writing contest. My parents send me to a famous English course in my town for preparation. Aunty, would you pray for my success? I hope you would do it for me. Well, that’s all for now. Looking forward to having your news. Love, Debby Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
209
C.
9. What is the purpose of the text? A. To join a competition. B. To inform some news. C. To prepare for joining a competition. D. To send someone to a famous English course. 10. “Aunty, I have some news for you.” What does the word ‘I’ refer to? A. Aunt Tia. B. Debby. C. Debby’s aunt. D. Tia. 11. “Aunty, would you pray for my success?” The antonym of the underlined word is ________. A. triumph B. acomplishment C. achievement D. failure
D.
No entry.
15.
12. Joko is a gas pump attendant. He works in a/an ________. A. gas station B. airport C. railway station D. bus station 13. Mr. Jupri is a tailor. He is ________. A. a dress maker B. a fishmonger C. a match maker D. a trouble maker 14. Miss Nadia is a teacher. She works at ________. A.
What does the girl mean? A. We are not allowed to get out of the place. B. We are not allowed to get in the place. C. We are not allowed to walk near the place. D. We are not allowed to put something in the place. For questions 16 to 20, choose the correct words to complete the text. My Mother
B.
210
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
My mother is a (16) ________. She wears a white uniform. She works in a maternity (17) ________. She (18) ________ at about six hours a day. She sometimes (19) ________ to work at night, but sometimes she goes to work in the morning. In a week, she only (20) ________ a day off. 16. A. C.
teacher farmer
B. D.
taylor nurse
17. A. C.
bank school
B. D.
rice field hospital
18. A. B. C. D.
worked works has worked is working
19. A. B. C. D.
is going went goes has gone
20. A. B. C. D.
has have had is having had
21. Lista : Wati, ________ do you live? Wati : I live at Jalan Seruni number 23. A. who B. when C. what D. where 22. Sulis : ________ do you go to school? Tia : On foot. A. Where B. When C. How D. What : ________, Sir. May I go to the toilet for a while? Mr. Budiono : O.K. A. Excuse me B. Yes C. I want to go out D. You may go out
A.
B.
C.
D.
23. Ardi
24. Hadi : Do you have some coins? Siska : ________. Do you need some? Hadi : May I? Siska : Why not? A. No, you can’t. B. Yes, I do. C. Absolutely not. D. I don’t think so.
26. Mela : When will we go to the bookstore? Susi : After school at a quarter past one. A.
B.
25. Rama : Do you usually take a nap in the afternoon? Lala : Yes. I usually do it at half past two. Lala usually takes a nap at ________.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
211
C.
D.
27. Tara : Look! ________ T-shirt is so dirty. You need to wash it. Rita : You’re right. I don’t realize that. A. My B. Your C. Her D. Our 28. Renaldi : Nice dress! Tiara : Thanks. This dress is from ________ sister. A. I B. mine C. me D. my 29. Kaka : ________ parents will have their wedding anniversary tomorrow. Kiki : Let’s give them something special. A. we B. our C. them D. they 30. Sari has a doll. She really loves ________ doll. A. her B. his C. my D. our
212
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
B.
Complete the sentences with the proper words in brackets.
1. I ________ (not, want) to go to the mall today because it is raining. 2. I can’t buy that novel. It ________ (cost) too much. 3. Miss Linda ________ (often, tutor) other students in her English class. 4. I ________ (not, have) an umbrella. I wear a raincoat. 5. Nayla ________ (wash) her hair every two days. 6. Every morning, the sun shines in my bedroom window and ________ (wake) me up. 7. Burhan is a student, but he ________ (not, go) to school now because it is holiday. 8. Yuli and Ani to ________ (usually, sit) in the front row during class. 9. ________ (Do) you always ________ (have) breakfast before you go to school? 10. I ________ for two hours every night. C.
Write at least five sentences about your father’s or mother’s profession.
Jawaban Review Unit 4 A.
10. B.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar yang disimpulkan dari nama penulis surat, yaitu Debby.
11. D.
Lawan dari kata ’success’ yang artinya ’keberhasilan’ adalah failure yang artinya kegagalan.
12. A.
Joko adalah seorang petugas pengisi bahan bakar, maka dia bekerja di SPBU (gas station).
Pilihan Ganda
1. C.
Kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tersebut menggunakan the simple present tense. Karena subjek berupa orang ketiga jamak, kata kerja yang benar untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’grow’.
2. B.
Subjek kalimat soal berupa orang ketiga jamak, maka kata kerja yang benar untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah ’have’.
13. A.
Tailor artinya penjahit. Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena seorang penjahit adalah seorang pembuat baju.
3. D.
Subjek kalimat berupa kata benda tunggal, maka kata kerja yang benar untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’carries’.
14. C.
Bu Nadia adalah seorang guru. Gambar pada pilihan jawaban (C) benar karena menunjukkan gambar sekolah.
4. A.
Subjek kalimat berupa kata benda jamak, maka kata kerja yang benar untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah ’have’.
15. B.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan arti ’no entry’, yaitu dilarang masuk.
5. B.
Susunan kata-kata tersebut supaya sesuai dengan konteks dan bermakna adalah ”Always keep clean our environment for a better life.”.
16. D.
6. D.
Susunan kata-kata tersebut supaya sesuai dengan konteks dan bermakna adalah ”Please pick your little brother up at school.”.
Pada kalimat kedua terdapat kata ’maternity’ yang berkaitan dengan ibu melahirkan dan seragam yang berwarna putih. Pilihan jawaban (D) benar karena ’nurse’ yang artinya perawat berhubungan dengan ibu melahirkan dan memakai seragam putih.
17. D.
7. C.
Pilihan jawaban yang artinya sebaiknya menggunakan pengering untuk mengeringkan tangan kita benar karena memiliki arti yang sama dengan kalimat yang diucapkan oleh perempuan dalam gambar.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya. Seorang perawat tentu saja bekerja di rumah sakit (hospital).
18. B.
Pilihan jawaban yang artinya bekerja tersebut benar karena kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dengan subjek tunggal perempuan.
19. C.
Pilihan jawaban yang artinya berangkat tersebut benar karena kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dengan subjek tunggal perempuan.
8. A.
Kata ’extinguish’ dan ’put out’ memiliki arti yang sama, yaitu memadamkan.
9. B.
Tujuan penulisan teks tersebut adalah untuk menginformasikan berita, antara lain Deby yang akan mengikuti lomba menulis bahasa Inggris dan ikut kursus bahasa Inggris.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
213
20. A.
21. D.
22. C.
Pilihan jawaban yang artinya mempunyai tersebut benar karena kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dengan subjek tunggal perempuan. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai konteks dan merupakan Wh-questions yang digunakan untuk menanyakan tempat. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai konteks dan merupakan Wh-questions yang digunakan untuk menanyakan cara.
23. A.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai konteks dan merupakan ungkapan kesopanan, yang artinya ”Permisi, Pak.”.
24. B.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai konteks yang disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya yang bermaksud menawarkan uang kepada Hadi.
25. A.
Half past two artinya pukul 2 lebih 30 menit.
26. C.
A quarter past one artinya pukul 1 lebih 15 menit.
27. B.
Karena membicarakan kepemilikan orang kedua tunggal (lawan pembicara/you), possessive adjective yang benar adalah your.
214
UNIT 4 What do You Do?
28. D.
Karena membicarakan kepemilikan orang pertama tunggal (pembicara/I), possessive adjective yang benar adalah my.
29. B.
Karena membicarakan kepemilikan orang pertama jamak, maka digunakan kata ’our’.
30. A.
Karena membicarakan kepemilikan orang kedua perempuan tunggal, maka digunakan kata ’her’.
B.
Isian
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
don’t want costs often tutors don’t have washes wakes doesn’t go usually sit Do, have study
C.
Uraian
My father is a manager. He gets up at 4:30 a.m. in the morning. After that, he takes a shower. He has breakfast at 7 o’clock. He usually goes to work at 7:30 a.m. He drive his car. He usually arrives at the office at 7:45 a.m. He begins his work at 8 a.m.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1.
Keep the Park Clean What does the notice mean? A. Do not be noisy in the park. B. Do not play in the park. C. Do not throw rubbish in the park. D. Do not run in the park. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: C Kalimat ”Keep the Park Clean” mempunyai arti ”Jagalah kebersihan taman ini.”. Itu berarti kita dilarang membuang sampah di taman (do not throw rubbish in the park). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya jangan berisik di taman, (B) artinya jangan bermain di taman, dan (D) artinya jangan berlarian di taman. 2. Read this notice.
Personnel only All people, except the staff, are not allowed to ________ the room. A. clean B. enter C. exit D. sleep Jawaban: B Notice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya para karyawan atau pegawai yang boleh masuk. Dengan kata lain, semua orang, kecuali para pegawai, dilarang masuk (are not allowed to enter). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membersihkan, (C) artinya keluar, dan (D) artinya tidur. 3. Where can you find the following notice?
ACCESS FOR RESIDENTS ONLY
A. B. C. D.
On the street. At the airport. In a hospital. In a housing complex. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Jawaban: D Notice tersebut berarti bahwa hanya para penghuni yang boleh lewat jalan itu. Notice tersebut dapat kita jumpai di kompleks perumahan (in a housing complex). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya di jalan, (B) artinya di bandara, dan (C) artinya di rumah sakit. Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
Dear Diana, On this special occasion, I would like to say: HAPPY 13th BIRTHDAY TO YOU Wish you the best and may your wishes come true Your beloved friend, Lina
4. What does the text tell you about? A. Lina expresses her gratitude to Diana. B. Lina expresses her apology to Diana. C. Lina congratulates Diana for her 13th birthday. D. Lina compliments Diana. Jawaban: C Kartu ucapan yang ditulis oleh Lina tersebut berisi ucapan selamat ulang tahun yang ke-13 untuk Diana (Lina congratulates Diana for her 13th birthday). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Lina mengungkapkan terima kasihnya kepada Diana, (B) artinya Lina mengungkapkan permintaan maaf kepada Diana, dan (D) artinya Lina memuji Diana.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
215
5. Diana was born in ________. A. 1996 B. 1997 C. 1998 D. 1999 Jawaban: A Dalam kartu ucapan tersebut terdapat kalimat ”Happy 13th Birthday to You”. Itu berarti Diana berulang tahun yang ke-13. Dengan demikian, Diana lahir pada tahun 1996 (2009 – 13 = 1996). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan tahun Diana lahir. Read the text and answer questions 6 and 7.
To: Siska I regret for what I have done to you. Believe me, I didn’t do it on purpose. I hope you forgive me and we can be friends again. Your friend, Nindi
6. What is the purpose of the text? A. To invite someone. B. To express gratitude. C. To ask for an apology. D. To ask for information. Jawaban: C Tujuan teks tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”I regret for what I have done to you.” yang artinya ”Aku menyesal atas apa yang telah aku lakukan kepadamu.”, dan kalimat akhir, yaitu ”I hope you forgive me . . . .” yang artinya ”Aku berharap kamu memaafkanku . . . .”. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah untuk meminta maaf (to ask for an apology). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya untuk mengundang seseorang, (B) artinya untuk mengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, dan (D) artinya untuk meminta informasi. 7. “I regret for what I have done to you.” The underlined word has a similar meaning to ________. A. worry B. be frightened C. confuse D. be sorry 216
Latihan Ulangan Semester
Jawaban: D Kata ’regret’ artinya ’menyesal’. Kata tersebut mempunyai makna yang sama dengan kata ’be sorry’ yang artinya juga menyesal. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya khawatir, (B) artinya ketakutan, dan (C) artinya bingung. Read the text and answer questions 8 to 10.
To Linda, my ever best friend, It’s an honor that you have invited me to your family’s special moment. Thank you very much. Gladly, I will come. Please send my warmest regards to all of your family. Sincerely, Tanti
8. What is the text about? A. Tanti expresses her gratitude to Linda. B. Tanti apologizes for a mistake. C. Tanti asks Linda’s permission to do something. D. Tanti offers help to someone. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thank you very much.” yang artinya ”Terima kasih banyak.”. Jadi, isi teks tersebut adalah Tanti mengucapkan terima kasih kepada Linda (Tanti expresses her gratitude to Linda) karena telah diundang ke acara spesial keluarga Linda (kalimat ”It’s an honor that you have invited me to your family’s special moment.”). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya Tanti meminta maaf atas kesalahannya, (C) artinya Tanti meminta izin untuk melakukan sesuatu, dan (D) artinya Tanti menawarkan bantuan kepada seseorang. 9. Who sends the card? A. Linda does. B. Tanti does. C. Linda’s parents do. D. Tanti’s parents do.
Jawaban: B Dalam surat, pesan, atau kartu, pengirim (sender) umumnya mencantumkan namanya di bagian akhir surat, pesan, atau kartu. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang mengirim pesan tersebut adalah Tanti. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 10. “Please send my warmest regards to all of your family.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. best B. rudest C. greatest D. coolest Jawaban: B Kata ’warmest’ artinya ’paling hangat’. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata rudest yang artinya paling kasar. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya paling baik, (C) artinya paling besar/hebat, dan (D) artinya paling keren. Read the text and answer questions 11 to 13. Dear Sandra, How are you now? I hope you are just fine. Anyway, next week is a long holiday. Do you have a plan to spend the days? If you don’t, I like to invite you to visit me. I will take you around some interesting places here. I am sure you will love it. What do you think? That’s what I want to tell you. Reply me soon, O.K.? Your friend, Mia 11. What is the text about? A. To ask for information. B. To congratulate someone. C. To invite someone. D. To introduce someone. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”. . . , I like to invite you to visit me.” yang artinya ”. . . , saya ingin mengundangmu untuk berkunjung ke tempat saya.”. Jadi, isi teks
tersebut tentang mengundang seseorang (invite someone). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya meminta informasi, (B) artinya memberi selamat kepada seseorang, dan (D) artinya memperkenalkan seseorang. 12. ________ is a long holiday. A. The following day B. Next week C. Next month D. This year Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari keterangan waktu ’next week’ dalam kalimat ”Anyway, next week is a long holiday.” yang artinya ”Omong-omong, minggu depan adalah libur panjang.”. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai dengan keterangan waktu itu adalah (B) Next week yang artinya minggu depan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya lusa, (C) artinya bulan depan, dan (D) artinya tahun ini. 13. “I will take you around some interesting places here.” The underlined word means ________. A. attractive B. clean C. boring D. dull Jawaban: A Kata ’interesting’ artinya ’menarik’. Kata ini juga berarti attractive yang artinya juga menarik. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya bersih, (C) artinya membosankan, dan (D) artinya tidak menarik. Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15.
To: Vira I put your mathematics book on your desk. Thank you very much. Sorry, I couldn’t give it directly to you. I have to go home earlier. Leoni
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
217
14. From the text, we can conclude that ________. A. Vira borrows Leoni’s book B. Vira goes home earlier C. Leoni lends her mathematics book D. Vira is not in the classroom Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang dapat disimpulkan dari isi teks tersebut adalah Vira tidak di kelas (Vira is not in the classroom). Leoni tidak menemukan Vira di kelas sehingga dia menulis pesan. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya Vira meminjam buku Leoni salah karena Leonilah yang meminjam buku Vira, (B) yang artinya Vira pulang lebih awal salah karena yang pulang lebih awal adalah Leoni, dan (C) yang artinya Leoni meminjamkan buku matematikanya salah karena yang meminjamkan buku matematika adalah Vira. 15. “Sorry, I can’t give it directly to you.” What does the underlined word refer to? A. A book. B. A note. C. Leoni’s house. D. A mathematics book. Jawaban: D Objek pronoun ’it’ mengacu pada benda yang akan diberikan Leoni kepada Vira, yang disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”I put your mathematics book on your desk.” yang artinya ”Aku meletakkan buku matematikamu di atas mejamu.”. Jadi, ’it’ mengacu pada buku matematika. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya buku (terlalu umum), sedangkan (B) yang artinya pesan dan (C) yang artinya rumah Leoni salah karena tidak disebutkan dalam pesan itu. 16. Look at the picture.
What does the teacher probably say? A. Stand up, please. B. Sit down, please.
218
Latihan Ulangan Semester
C. Step forward, please. D. Clean the blackboard, please. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan gerakan tangan guru, dapat disimpulkan bahwa guru itu menyuruh siswa untuk berdiri. Jadi, ungkapan yang benar adalah Stand up, please. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya silakan duduk, (C) artinya silakan maju, dan (D) artinya tolong, bersihkan papan tulis. 17. Mother : Where are you going, dear? Vina : I’m going to see a film, Mom. Mother : ________ Mom and Dad will go to the supermarket. You should take care of your little sister. A. Please go now. B. Take care. C. Don’t go anywhere. D. You may go now. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya yang artinya ”Ibu dan ayah akan pergi ke supermarket. Kamu harus menjaga adik perempuanmu.”. Dengan kata lain, ibu tidak mengizinkan Vina untuk pergi menonton film. Ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan ibu adalah ”Don’t go anywhere.” yang artinya ”Jangan pergi kemanamana.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pergilah sekarang, (B) artinya berhatihatilah, dan (D) artinya kamu boleh pergi sekarang. 18. Donna : Sari, thank you very much for the gift. It’s beautiful. Sari : ________ A. Excuse me. B. You are welcome. C. Please forgive me. D. I’m positive Jawaban: B Kalimat yang diucapkan Donna artinya ”Sari, terima kasih banyak atas hadiahnya. Itu sangat indah.”. Kalimat yang tepat untuk merespons ungkapan terima kasih adalah You are welcome yang artinya sama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya permisi, (C) artinya tolong, maafkan saya, dan (D) artinya saya yakin.
19. Ranti : I’m sorry, I broke your ruler. Angga : ________ A. Thank you. B. Never mind. C. Please excuse me. D. That’s great! Jawaban: B Kalimat yang diucapkan Ranti artinya ”Aku minta maaf, aku mematahkan penggarismu.”. Kalimat yang tepat untuk merespons ungkapan permintaan maaf adalah Never mind yang artinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya terima kasih, (C) artinya permisi, dan (D) artinya bagus. 20. Mother : It’s time for you to go to bed, dear. Sari : You’re right, Mom. I’ll go to sleep now. Mother : ________ Have a nice dream. A. Goodbye. B. Take care. C. Good night. D. See you. Jawaban: C Konteks percakapan tersebut adalah pada malam hari. Ibu menyuruh Sari untuk segera tidur. Salam perpisahan yang tepat diucapkan ibu ketika Sari hendak pergi tidur adalah Good night. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya selamat tinggal (diucapkan ketika berpisah dengan seseorang setelah mereka bertemu), (B) artinya berhatihatilah (diucapkan kepada seseorang yang hendak pergi untuk menunjukkan rasa simpati), dan (D) artinya sampai jumpa (diucapkan ketika hendak berpisah dengan seseorang dan ada harapan/kemungkinan untuk bertemu kembali). Read the dialog and answer questions 21 to 23. It is the first day at junior high school. Seno and Ryan are new students. They meet at the school yard before the class begins. Seno : Hello, I am Seno. What is your name? Ryan : Hello, I am Ryan. Nice to meet you, Seno. Seno : Nice to meet you too. Are you in the seventh grade? Ryan : I am. I’m in Class VIIA. Seno : Me, too. We are classmates, then.
21. What is the dialog about? A. Greeting someone. B. Asking for information. C. Introducing someone to another. D. Introducing oneself to another. Jawaban: D Secara garis besar, percakapan tersebut tentang perkenalan diri sendiri kepada orang lain (introducing oneself to another), yaitu Seno memperkenalkan dirinya kepada Ryan, begitu pula sebaliknya. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyapa seseorang, (B) artinya meminta informasi, dan (C) artinya memperkenalkan seseorang kepada orang lain. 22. Seno meets Ryan ________. A. in the classroom B. in the school hall C. at the school yard D. in the library Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”They meet at the school yard . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ruang kelas, (B) artinya aula sekolah, dan (D) artinya perpustakaan. 23. The dialog happens ________. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. in the evening D. at midnight Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari klausa keterangan waktu, yaitu ”. . . before the class begins.” yang artinya “ . . . sebelum kelas/pelajaran dimulai.”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan itu terjadi pada pagi hari (in the morning). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pada siang/sore hari, (C) artinya pada petang hari, dan (D) artinya pada tengah malam. 24. Teacher : Look! The blackboard is dirty. ________ Student : Yes, Ma’am. A. Thank you very much. B. I’m really sorry to hear it. C. Clean it up, please. D. Take me some chalk, please.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
219
Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”The blackboard is dirty.”. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan guru adalah meminta muridnya untuk membersihkan papan tulis, yaitu Clean it up, please. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya terima kasih banyak (ungkapan terima kasih), (B) artinya saya ikut sedih mendengarnya (ungkapan simpati), dan (D) artinya tolong, ambilkan beberapa kapur tulis. 25. Linda : I really apologize for my mistake. Mia : ________ A. Thank you. B. My pleasure. C. It’s all right. D. You are welcome. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan itu, Linda meminta maaf kepada Mia. Respons yang tepat diucapkan Mia adalah It’s all right yang artinya tidak apa-apa. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya terima kasih (ungkapan terima kasih), (B) artinya dengan senang hati (respons dari ungkapan meminta sesuatu atau meminta seseorang melakukan sesuatu), dan (D) artinya sama-sama (respons dari ungkapan terima kasih). 26. Look at the picture. What does the man do? A. He is a judge. B. He is an architect. C. He is a teacher. D. He is a teller. Jawaban: A Picture source: Kalimat tanya ”What www.accessatlanta.com does/do . . . do?” digunakan untuk menanyakan pekerjaan/ profesi seseorang. Berdasarkan gambar, profesi orang itu adalah seorang hakim (a judge). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya dia seorang arsitek (perancang bangunan), (C) artinya dia seorang guru, dan (D) artinya dia seorang pegawai bank. 27. You can find these following items in a classroom, except ________. A. chalk B. a pillow C. an eraser D. a blackboard
220
Latihan Ulangan Semester
Jawaban: B Kalimat soal artinya ”Benda-benda berikut dapat kita temukan di kelas, kecuali . . . . ”. Benda yang tidak ada di kelas adalah pillow yang artinya bantal. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kapur tulis, (C) artinya penghapus papan tulis, dan (D) artinya papan tulis. 28. How many bikes are there in the picture?
Picture source: www.img_alibaba_com
A. Four. B. Six C. Eight. D. Ten. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan gambar, sepeda tersebut berjumlah enam (six). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya empat, (C) artinya delapan, dan (D) artinya sepuluh. 29. Lina : What are you doing every Sunday morning? Seno : I ________ go jogging in the park. A. ever B. seldom C. always D. never Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa keterangan waktu ’every Sunday morning’ yang artinya ’setiap Minggu pagi’. Jadi, kata keterangan frekuensi yang tepat melengkapi kalimat Seno adalah always karena dilakukan setiap hari Minggu. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pernah, (B) artinya jarang, dan (D) artinya tidak pernah. 30. Rika : Where is your new bike? Tiara : Over there, near the fence. ________ my new bike. A. Those are B. This is C. These are D. That is Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari jumlah benda, yaitu satu (sepeda baru Tiara) dan frasa keterangan tempat ’over there’ yang
artinya ’sebelah sana’, sehingga dapat disimpulkan bahwa sepeda baru Tiara terletak jauh dari mereka. Dengan demikian, kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat Tiara adalah That is. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya itu digunakan apabila benda tersebut berjumlah lebih dari satu dan letaknya jauh dari pembicara, (B) yang artinya ini digunakan apabila benda tersebut berjumlah satu dan letaknya dekat dengan pembicara, dan (C) yang artinya ini digunakan apabila benda tersebut berjumlah lebih dari satu dan letaknya dekat dengan pembicara. 31. Linda : I found a blue pencil-case under my desk. Do you know the owner? Seno : ________ pencil-case is mine. Perhaps I dropped it. A. A B. An C. The D. Is Jawaban: C Kalimat soal membutuhkan artikel (a, an, the). Karena kotak pensil yang dimaksud sudah jelas dan spesifik, yaitu kotak pensil milik Seno, artikel yang tepat adalah the. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) adalah artikel untuk benda yang belum spesifik, sedangkan (D) bukan artikel melainkan verb ’be’. 32. Erika has a nice bracelet. She wears it on her right ________. A. wrist B. ear C. foot D. hand Jawaban: A Kalimat soal berarti ”Erika mempunyai gelang yang bagus. Dia memakainya di . . . kanan.”. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah pergelangan tangan (wrist). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya telinga, (C) artinya kaki, dan (D) artinya tangan beserta jari-jarinya. 33. Adi : How many brothers or sisters do you have? Leo : Well, I have an elder brother and a younger sister.
Adi : So, you are the ________ child in your family. Leo : That’s right. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth Jawaban: B Berdasarkan jawaban Leo yang artinya ”Saya mempunyai seorang kakak laki-laki dan seorang adik perempuan”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Leo adalah anak kedua (second). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pertama, (C) artinya ketiga, dan (D) artinya keempat. 34. Dina : What time do you usually take a nap? Tiara : I usually take a nap at ________. A. half past one B. half past two C. a quarter to two D. a quarter past one Jawaban: A Berdasarkan gambar, jam tersebut menunjukkan pukul 1:30 (half past one). Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya 2:30, (C) artinya 1:45, dan (D) artinya 1:15. 35. Sinta : Do you know where Tio and Nina are? Arman : I guess, ________ are in the library. A. we B. you C. they D. them Jawaban: C Subject pronoun yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah they karena menggantikan kata ganti orang ketiga jamak (plural), yaitu Tio and Nina. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah kata ganti orang kedua jamak, (B) adalah kata ganti orang kedua tunggal/jamak, dan (D) adalah object pronoun untuk subjek they. 36. Dion : Where ________ the students of Class VIIA? Nela : I’m sorry, I don’t know. A. is B. are C. was D. were
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
221
Jawaban: B Kalimat soal berbentuk the simple present tense berupa kalimat tanya dengan subjek jamak, yaitu ’the students of Class VIIA’. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah are. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk subjek tunggal, sedangkan (C) dan (D) adalah be untuk kalimat dalam the simple past tense. 37. Vera : What do you do on Sunday morning? Dina : I always ________ my parents cleaning the house, like sweeping the yard and mopping the floor. A. help B. helps C. is helping D. helped Jawaban: A Kalimat soal menjelaskan kebiasaan (habit), yaitu kegiatan pada hari Minggu pagi. Kalimat yang menyatakan kebiasaan menggunakan bentuk the simple present tense dengan pola dasar: Subject + verb-s/ -es + object/complement. Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut dalam the simple present tense adalah help karena subjek ’I’ merupakan kata ganti orang pertama tunggal. Pilihan jawaban (B) digunakan untuk subjek he, she, it, (C) pada kalimat berbentuk the simple present continuous (sedang berlangsung), dan (D) digunakan pada kalimat berbentuk the simple past tense (telah terjadi pada masa lampau). 38. Doni : Where are my shoes? Mother : Look! They are ________ your bed. A. on B. under C. below D. between Jawaban: B Berdasarkan gambar tersebut, sepasang sepatu itu terletak di bawah (under) tempat tidur. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. On artinya di atau di atas, below artinya di bawah, dan between artinya di antara (dua benda).
222
Latihan Ulangan Semester
39. Ira : Vina, is it my workbook? Vina : No, it is not. It is mine and that is ________. A. her B. your C. hers D. yours Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan, Ira bertanya, ”Vina, apakah buku tugas ini milikku?”. Kalimat soal memerlukan objek berbentuk possessive pronoun untuk menggantikan benda milik lawan bicara, yaitu yours yang artinya kepunyaanmu. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah object pronoun atau possessive adjective dari she (orang ketiga tunggal), (B) adalah possessive adjective dari you (orang kedua tunggal/jamak), dan (C) adalah possessive pronoun dari she (orang ketiga tunggal). 40. Eka : Where does your grandmother live? Tia : She lives in Surabaya. I always visit ________ every long holiday. A. her B. them C. theirs D. hers Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan, Eka menanyakan tempat tinggal nenek Tia. Tia menjawab kalau neneknya tinggal di Surabaya dan dia selalu mengunjunginya setiap libur panjang. Kalimat soal memerlukan object pronoun. Karena menggantikan kata nenek, object pronoun yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah her. Object pronoun tersebut merupakan kata ganti orang ketiga tunggal perempuan. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah object pronoun untuk orang ketiga jamak, (C) adalah possessive pronoun dari ’they’, dan (D) adalah possessive pronoun dari ’she’. 41. Vika : Can you show me where the headmaster’s office is? Nina : ________. It’s next to the teachers’ office, in front of the library. A. Thank you B. Certainly C. Here you are D. Sorry, I don’t know
Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan, Vika menanyakan letak kantor kepala sekolah dan Nina menjelaskan letak kantor itu. Nina dengan senang hati menjawab pertanyaan Vika, sehingga ungkapan yang benar diucapkan oleh Nina adalah Certainly yang artinya tentu saja. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya terima kasih (ungkapan terima kasih), (C) artinya silahkan (ungkapan respons atas permintaan sesuatu), dan (D) artinya maaf, saya tidak tahu (ungkapan permintaan maaf). 42. Dino : Seno, where do you live? Seno : I live at Jalan Kemuning number 25. Dino : It’s quite far from school. Then, how do you go to school? Seno : I usually go to school by bus. What is the text about? A. Requesting something. B. Asking for and giving information. C. Answering someone’s question. D. Asking for and giving something. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan itu, Dino bertanya beberapa hal kepada Seno, yaitu mengenai tempat tinggalnya dan cara dia berangkat ke sekolah. Jadi, percakapan itu tentang meminta dan memberi informasi (asking for and giving information). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya meminta sesuatu, (C) artinya menjawab pertanyaan seseorang (terlalu sempit), dan (D) artinya meminta dan memberi sesuatu. 43. Marni : Could you pass the paper, please? Keiko : Sure. Here you are. What does the underlined sentence mean? A. Marni thanks Keiko for helping her. B. Keiko asks Marni to do something. C. Marni asks Keiko not to do something. D. Marni asks Keiko to do something. Jawaban: D Kalimat yang digarisbawahi berarti ”Bisakah kamu mengambilkan kertas itu?”. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Marni dengan maksud meminta Keiko untuk melakukan sesuatu (Marni asks Keiko to do something). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Marni berterima kasih kepada Keiko atas
bantuannya, (B) artinya Keiko meminta Marni melakukan sesuatu, dan (C) artinya Marni meminta Keiko untuk tidak melakukan sesuatu. For questions 44 to 46, choose the suitable words to complete the text below. Dear Sarah, How are you now? I am just fine. Recently, I am busy with school stuff. I always ________ (44) homework every day. I have to wake up earlier every morning so that I will not be late to school. You know, my school is quite far from my house and I take a bus. But I really enjoy it. Recently, ________ (45) new things in my school, like new friends, new teachers and new lessons. How about yours? That’s my letter for today. Send my best regard to ________ (46) parents. Best regards, Dini 44. A. have B. has C. does D. is Jawaban: A Kalimat ”I always . . . homework every day.” yang artinya ”Saya selalu . . . pekerjaan rumah setiap hari.” memerlukan kata kerja present karena kalimat tersebut menerangkan fakta (berpola the simple present tense). Kata yang benar adalah have yang artinya mempunyai. Pilihan jawaban (B) has salah karena digunakan apabila subjek kalimat he, she, it, atau subjek ketiga tunggal. Pilihan jawaban (C) dan (D) salah karena bukan kata kerja, melainkan kata kerja bantu (verb ’be’). 45. A. there are B. there isn’t C. there is D. there aren’t Jawaban: A Kalimat ”. . . always new things in my school, like new friends, new teachers and new lessons.” memerlukan demonstrative
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
223
pronoun. Karena obyek kalimat menyebutkan lebih dari satu hal (frasa ’new things’ yang artinya ’hal-hal baru’), demonstrative pronoun yang tepat melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah there are. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) salah karena berbentuk negative atau penyangkalan. Pilihan jawaban (C) salah karena demonstrative pronoun tersebut digunakan apabila benda atau hal yang disebutkan sesudahnya hanya berjumlah satu. 46. A. you B. your C. their D. my Jawaban: B Kalimat ”Send my best regard to . . . parents.” artinya ”Sampaikan salamku kepada orang tua-. . . .”. Kalimat tersebut memerlukan possessive adjective untuk menjelaskan orang tua yang dimaksud. Karena surat ini dikirimkan kepada Dini dan disebut oleh penulis dengan ’you’, possessive adjective yang tepat adalah your yang artinya -mu. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena bukan possessive pronouns, sedangkan pilihan jawaban (C) artinya (orang tua) mereka, dan (D) artinya -ku. For questions 47 and 48, choose the best arrangement of the words to make correct sentences. 47. leave – front – open – door – never– the 1
2
3
4
5
6
A. 1–6–2–4–5–3 B. 3–6–2–3–5–1 C. 5–1–6–2–4–3 D. 5–1–6–3–4–2 Jawaban: C Kata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkan akan membentuk kalimat permintaan untuk tidak melakukan sesuatu. Susunan kata yang benar adalah Never leave the front door open yang artinya Jangan pernah membiarkan pintu depan terbuka. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena membentuk kalimat yang tidak logis.
224
Latihan Ulangan Semester
48. really – am – I – breaking – sorry for – ruler 1
2
3
4
5
6
– your 7
A. 3–2–1–4–5–7–6 B. 3–2–1–5–4–7–6 C. 5–4–7–1–6–3–2 D. 5–4–7–6–1–3–2 Jawaban: B Kata-kata acak tersebut apabila diurutkan akan membentuk kalimat yang mengungkapkan permintaan maaf. Susunan kata yang tepat adalah I am really sorry for breaking your ruler yang artinya Aku sungguh minta maaf telah mematahkan penggarismu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena membentuk kalimat yang tidak logis. 49. Choose the best arrangement of the sentences to make a good message. 1. My friends and I will go to see a book fair after school. 2. Dear Mom, 3. I will come home from school late. 4. Love, Tiara. A. 1–2–3–4 B. 2–1–3–4 C. 2–4–1–3 D. 3–4–2–1 Jawaban: B Penulisan pesan diawali dengan salam pembuka, yaitu Dear Mom, lalu diikuti dengan isi pesan, yaitu My friends and I will go to see a book fair after school. I will come home from school late. Pesan tersebut ditutup dengan salam penutup yang diikuti dengan nama pengirim, yaitu Love, Tiara. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan urutan yang benar. 50. Choose the best arrangement of the sentences to make a good dialog. 1. Dian : Oh, gosh! I’m really sorry, Mom. I forgot to buy the sugar. 2. Mother : Just like what I’ve guessed. Luckily, I still have some.
3. 4. 5. 6.
A. B. C. D.
Dian
: Hello, Mom! I’m coming home. Mother : Thank you, Dear. Dian : Don’t worry, Mom. I’ll go and buy it now. Mother : Hello, Dear. Have you got what I have asked you to buy? 2–4–5–1–3–6 2–4–5–3–6–1 3–6–1–2–5–4 3–6–1–4–5–2
Jawaban: C Percakapan tersebut diawali dengan kalimat salam dan sapaan yang diucapkan Dian (nomor 3) yang direspons ibunya, lalu ibu bertanya apakah Dian memperoleh yang dimintanya (nomor 6), diikuti permintaan maaf Dian karena telah lupa membelinya (nomor 1) dan ibunya mengatakan untunglah dia masih punya sedikit (nomor 2). Setelah itu, Dian berjanji akan membeli gula sekarang juga (nomor 5) dan ibunya berterima kasih kepada Dian (nomor 4). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena membentuk percakapan yang tidak runtut dan logis.
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 1
225
Aryanto, S. 2008. A Series of Grammar: Introducing Tense (Memperkenalkan Tense). Bandung: Pakar Raya. Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Corbeil, J.C. and A. Archambault. 2004. Kamus Visual Edisi Terbaru Indonesia–Inggris. Indonesia: Buana Ilmu Populer. Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris-Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama. Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Mustriana, B. Bima. 2008. A Series of Daily Expressions: Study Transactional Dialogs (Belajar Percakapan Transaksional). Bandung: Pakar Raya. Prieto, M., L. Robbins. 2006. English Zone Student Book 2. New York: The McGrawHill Companies Priyana, J., Riandi, and A.P. Mumpuni. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High school Students Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M. Sukirman Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
226
LatihanPustaka Daftar Ulangan Semester
